1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
65 X expose events -----+
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
175 #include "termchar.h"
176 #include "dispextern.h"
180 #include "commands.h"
183 #include "termhooks.h"
184 #include "intervals.h"
185 #include "keyboard.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
190 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
194 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
195 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
197 #define INFINITY 10000000
199 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
200 extern void set_frame_menubar ();
201 extern int pending_menu_activation
;
204 extern int interrupt_input
;
205 extern int command_loop_level
;
207 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise
;
209 extern Lisp_Object Qface
;
211 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map
;
212 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
;
213 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item
;
215 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map
, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
;
216 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions
, Vwindow_scroll_functions
;
217 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
;
218 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
;
219 Lisp_Object QCeval
, Qwhen
, QCfile
;
220 Lisp_Object Qfontified
;
222 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
224 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions
;
225 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions
;
227 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
230 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
;
232 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
234 int tool_bar_button_margin
;
236 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
238 int tool_bar_button_relief
;
240 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
241 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
243 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p
;
245 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
247 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
, Qinhibit_redisplay
;
249 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
251 Lisp_Object Qdisplay
, Qrelative_width
, Qwidth
, Qalign_to
;
252 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qinvisible
, Qimage
;
254 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
256 Lisp_Object Qspace
, QCalign_to
, QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
257 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin
, Qright_margin
, Qspace_width
, Qheight
, Qraise
;
260 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
262 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace
;
264 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
266 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace
;
268 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
273 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
276 int noninteractive_need_newline
;
278 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
280 static int message_log_need_newline
;
283 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
284 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
285 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
286 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
288 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos
;
290 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
291 terminating newline. */
293 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos
;
295 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
297 static int this_line_vpos
;
298 static int this_line_y
;
299 static int this_line_pixel_height
;
301 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
302 negative if first character is partially visible. */
304 static int this_line_start_x
;
306 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
308 static struct buffer
*this_line_buffer
;
310 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
313 int truncate_partial_width_windows
;
315 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
317 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment
;
319 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
320 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
321 frame-title-format. */
325 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string
;
327 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
329 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position
;
331 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
333 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string
;
335 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
336 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
337 numerical position. */
339 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position
, last_arrow_string
;
341 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
343 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format
;
345 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
347 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format
;
349 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
350 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
353 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions
;
355 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook
;
357 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
359 static int overlay_arrow_seen
;
361 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
363 int highlight_nonselected_windows
;
365 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
366 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
368 static int scroll_step
;
370 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
371 screen, when appropriate. */
373 static int scroll_conservatively
;
375 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
376 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
377 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
378 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
382 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
383 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
388 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
390 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector
[3];
392 /* Nonzero means display mode line highlighted. */
394 int mode_line_inverse_video
;
396 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
398 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt
;
400 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
401 of the line that contains the prompt. */
403 int minibuf_prompt_width
;
404 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width
;
406 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
407 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
408 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
410 Lisp_Object echo_area_window
;
412 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
413 pushes the current message and the value of
414 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
415 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
417 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack
;
419 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
420 message was specified. */
422 int message_enable_multibyte
;
424 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
426 int update_mode_lines
;
428 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
429 redisplay that finished */
431 int windows_or_buffers_changed
;
433 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
436 int line_number_displayed
;
438 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
440 static int line_number_display_limit
;
442 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
444 static int line_number_display_limit_width
;
446 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
447 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
449 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max
;
451 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
452 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
454 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer
[2];
456 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
458 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer
[2];
460 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
462 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
;
464 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
465 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
467 static int display_last_displayed_message_p
;
469 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
472 int message_buf_print
;
474 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
475 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
476 specifying a number of lines. */
478 static Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height
;
480 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
481 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
483 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
484 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row
;
485 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs
[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS
];
487 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
489 static int last_max_ascent
, last_height
;
491 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
492 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
493 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
494 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
495 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
497 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
499 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
503 int trace_redisplay_p
;
506 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
511 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
,
512 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
,
516 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
521 /* The name of the property. */
524 /* A unique index for the property. */
527 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
528 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
529 enum prop_handled (*handler
) P_ ((struct it
*it
));
532 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
533 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
534 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
535 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change
P_ ((struct it
*));
536 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop
P_ ((struct it
*));
538 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
540 static struct props it_props
[] =
542 {&Qfontified
, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX
, handle_fontified_prop
},
543 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
544 `display' need to know the face. */
545 {&Qface
, FACE_PROP_IDX
, handle_face_prop
},
546 {&Qdisplay
, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX
, handle_display_prop
},
547 {&Qinvisible
, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX
, handle_invisible_prop
},
551 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
552 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
554 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
556 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
560 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
563 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
564 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
,
566 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
569 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
573 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
574 be displayed truncated. */
577 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
583 /* Function prototypes. */
585 static struct glyph_row
*row_containing_pos
P_ ((struct window
*, int,
587 struct glyph_row
*));
588 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
589 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data
P_ ((struct window
*));
590 static void clear_garbaged_frames
P_ ((void));
591 static int current_message_1
P_ ((Lisp_Object
*));
592 static int truncate_message_1
P_ ((int));
593 static int set_message_1
P_ ((char *s
, Lisp_Object
, int, int));
594 static int display_echo_area
P_ ((struct window
*));
595 static int display_echo_area_1
P_ ((struct window
*));
596 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
597 static int string_char_and_length
P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
598 static struct text_pos display_prop_end
P_ ((struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
600 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line
P_ ((struct window
*));
601 static Lisp_Object eval_handler
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
602 static Lisp_Object eval_form
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
603 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs
P_ ((struct it
*));
604 static struct glyph_row
*get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row
P_ ((struct window
*));
605 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line
P_ ((struct it
*));
606 static int append_space
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
607 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible
P_ ((struct window
*));
608 static int try_scrolling
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int, int));
609 static int trailing_whitespace_p
P_ ((int));
610 static int message_log_check_duplicate
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
611 int invisible_p
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
));
612 int invisible_ellipsis_p
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
));
613 static void push_it
P_ ((struct it
*));
614 static void pop_it
P_ ((struct it
*));
615 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows
P_ ((struct window
*));
616 static void redisplay_internal
P_ ((int));
617 static int echo_area_display
P_ ((int));
618 static void redisplay_windows
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
619 static void redisplay_window
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int));
620 static void update_menu_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
621 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix
P_ ((struct window
*));
622 static int try_window_id
P_ ((struct window
*));
623 static int display_line
P_ ((struct it
*));
624 static void display_mode_lines
P_ ((struct window
*));
625 static void display_mode_line
P_ ((struct window
*, enum face_id
,
627 static int display_mode_element
P_ ((struct it
*, int, int, int, Lisp_Object
));
628 static char *decode_mode_spec
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int, int));
629 static void display_menu_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
630 static int display_count_lines
P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
631 static int display_string
P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
632 int, int, struct it
*, int, int, int, int));
633 static void compute_line_metrics
P_ ((struct it
*));
634 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook
P_ ((struct it
*));
635 static int get_overlay_strings
P_ ((struct it
*));
636 static void next_overlay_string
P_ ((struct it
*));
637 void set_iterator_to_next
P_ ((struct it
*));
638 static void reseat
P_ ((struct it
*, struct text_pos
, int));
639 static void reseat_1
P_ ((struct it
*, struct text_pos
, int));
640 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*));
641 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*));
642 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
643 static int next_element_from_display_vector
P_ ((struct it
*));
644 static int next_element_from_string
P_ ((struct it
*));
645 static int next_element_from_c_string
P_ ((struct it
*));
646 static int next_element_from_buffer
P_ ((struct it
*));
647 static int next_element_from_image
P_ ((struct it
*));
648 static int next_element_from_stretch
P_ ((struct it
*));
649 static void load_overlay_strings
P_ ((struct it
*));
650 static void init_from_display_pos
P_ ((struct it
*, struct window
*,
651 struct display_pos
*));
652 static void reseat_to_string
P_ ((struct it
*, unsigned char *,
653 Lisp_Object
, int, int, int, int));
654 static int charset_at_position
P_ ((struct text_pos
));
655 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to
P_ ((struct it
*,
657 void move_it_vertically_backward
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
658 static void init_to_row_start
P_ ((struct it
*, struct window
*,
659 struct glyph_row
*));
660 static void init_to_row_end
P_ ((struct it
*, struct window
*,
661 struct glyph_row
*));
662 static void back_to_previous_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*));
663 static void forward_to_next_line_start
P_ ((struct it
*));
664 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead
P_ ((struct text_pos
,
666 static struct text_pos string_pos
P_ ((int, Lisp_Object
));
667 static struct text_pos c_string_pos
P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
668 static int number_of_chars
P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
669 static void compute_stop_pos
P_ ((struct it
*));
670 static void compute_string_pos
P_ ((struct text_pos
*, struct text_pos
,
672 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos
P_ ((struct it
*, int));
673 static int next_overlay_change
P_ ((int));
674 static int handle_single_display_prop
P_ ((struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
675 Lisp_Object
, struct text_pos
*));
677 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
678 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
680 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
682 static void update_tool_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
683 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
684 static int redisplay_tool_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
685 static void display_tool_bar_line
P_ ((struct it
*));
687 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
690 /***********************************************************************
691 Window display dimensions
692 ***********************************************************************/
694 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
695 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
696 mode line, if any. */
699 window_text_bottom_y (w
)
702 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
703 int height
= XFASTINT (w
->height
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
705 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
706 height
-= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
711 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
712 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
713 the left and right of the window. */
716 window_box_width (w
, area
)
720 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
721 int width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
);
723 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
725 width
-= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f
);
727 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
729 if (INTEGERP (w
->left_margin_width
))
730 width
-= XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_width
);
731 if (INTEGERP (w
->right_margin_width
))
732 width
-= XFASTINT (w
->right_margin_width
);
734 else if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
735 width
= (INTEGERP (w
->left_margin_width
)
736 ? XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_width
) : 0);
737 else if (area
== RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
738 width
= (INTEGERP (w
->right_margin_width
)
739 ? XFASTINT (w
->right_margin_width
) : 0);
742 return width
* CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
746 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
747 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
750 window_box_height (w
)
753 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
754 int height
= XFASTINT (w
->height
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
756 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
757 height
-= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
759 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
760 height
-= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
766 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
767 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
768 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
772 window_box_left (w
, area
)
776 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
777 int x
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f
);
779 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
781 x
+= (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
)
782 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
784 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
785 x
+= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
786 else if (area
== RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
787 x
+= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
788 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
795 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
796 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
797 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
801 window_box_right (w
, area
)
805 return window_box_left (w
, area
) + window_box_width (w
, area
);
809 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
810 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
811 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
812 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
813 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
814 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
817 window_box (w
, area
, box_x
, box_y
, box_width
, box_height
)
820 int *box_x
, *box_y
, *box_width
, *box_height
;
822 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
824 *box_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
825 *box_height
= window_box_height (w
);
826 *box_x
= window_box_left (w
, area
);
827 *box_y
= (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f
)
828 + XFASTINT (w
->top
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
));
829 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
830 *box_y
+= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
834 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
835 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
836 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
837 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
838 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
839 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
843 window_box_edges (w
, area
, top_left_x
, top_left_y
,
844 bottom_right_x
, bottom_right_y
)
847 int *top_left_x
, *top_left_y
, *bottom_right_x
, *bottom_right_y
;
849 window_box (w
, area
, top_left_x
, top_left_y
, bottom_right_x
,
851 *bottom_right_x
+= *top_left_x
;
852 *bottom_right_y
+= *top_left_y
;
857 /***********************************************************************
859 ***********************************************************************/
861 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
862 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
863 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
864 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the illegal
868 string_char_and_length (str
, maxlen
, len
)
874 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str
, maxlen
, *len
);
875 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c
, 1))
876 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
877 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept illegal
886 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
887 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
889 static struct text_pos
890 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos
, string
, nchars
)
895 xassert (STRINGP (string
) && nchars
>= 0);
897 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
))
899 int rest
= STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string
)) - BYTEPOS (pos
);
900 unsigned char *p
= XSTRING (string
)->data
+ BYTEPOS (pos
);
905 string_char_and_length (p
, rest
, &len
);
906 p
+= len
, rest
-= len
;
909 BYTEPOS (pos
) += len
;
913 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, CHARPOS (pos
) + nchars
, BYTEPOS (pos
) + nchars
);
919 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
920 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
922 static INLINE
struct text_pos
923 string_pos (charpos
, string
)
928 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
929 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
930 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, charpos
, string_char_to_byte (string
, charpos
));
935 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
936 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
937 means recognize multibyte characters. */
939 static struct text_pos
940 c_string_pos (charpos
, s
, multibyte_p
)
948 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
952 int rest
= strlen (s
), len
;
954 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, 0, 0);
957 string_char_and_length (s
, rest
, &len
);
958 s
+= len
, rest
-= len
;
961 BYTEPOS (pos
) += len
;
965 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, charpos
, charpos
);
971 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
972 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
975 number_of_chars (s
, multibyte_p
)
983 int rest
= strlen (s
), len
;
984 unsigned char *p
= (unsigned char *) s
;
986 for (nchars
= 0; rest
> 0; ++nchars
)
988 string_char_and_length (p
, rest
, &len
);
989 rest
-= len
, p
+= len
;
999 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1000 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1001 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1004 compute_string_pos (newpos
, pos
, string
)
1005 struct text_pos
*newpos
, pos
;
1008 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
1009 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos
) >= CHARPOS (pos
));
1011 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
))
1012 *newpos
= string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos
, CHARPOS (*newpos
) - CHARPOS (pos
),
1015 BYTEPOS (*newpos
) = CHARPOS (*newpos
);
1019 /* Return the charset of the character at position POS in
1023 charset_at_position (pos
)
1024 struct text_pos pos
;
1027 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (BYTEPOS (pos
));
1029 multibyte_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
1032 int maxlen
= ((BYTEPOS (pos
) >= GPT_BYTE
? ZV_BYTE
: GPT_BYTE
)
1035 c
= string_char_and_length (p
, maxlen
, &len
);
1040 return CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
1045 /***********************************************************************
1046 Lisp form evaluation
1047 ***********************************************************************/
1049 /* Error handler for eval_form. */
1059 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1066 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
1068 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
1069 val
= internal_condition_case_1 (Feval
, sexpr
, Qerror
, eval_handler
);
1070 return unbind_to (count
, val
);
1075 /***********************************************************************
1077 ***********************************************************************/
1081 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1082 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1088 if (it
->method
== next_element_from_string
)
1090 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
1091 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0);
1093 else if (it
->method
== next_element_from_buffer
)
1095 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1096 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)));
1100 xassert (it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0);
1102 xassert (it
->current
.dpvec_index
< 0);
1105 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1109 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1116 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1117 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1120 check_window_end (w
)
1123 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
1124 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
1126 struct glyph_row
*row
;
1127 xassert ((row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
,
1128 XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
)),
1130 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
1131 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
) == 0));
1135 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1137 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1139 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1141 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1145 /***********************************************************************
1146 Iterator initialization
1147 ***********************************************************************/
1149 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1150 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1151 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1152 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1153 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1155 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1156 will produce glyphs in that row.
1158 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1159 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1160 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1161 displaying the tool-bar.
1163 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1164 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1165 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1168 init_iterator (it
, w
, charpos
, bytepos
, row
, base_face_id
)
1171 int charpos
, bytepos
;
1172 struct glyph_row
*row
;
1173 enum face_id base_face_id
;
1175 int highlight_region_p
;
1177 /* Some precondition checks. */
1178 xassert (w
!= NULL
&& it
!= NULL
);
1179 xassert (charpos
< 0 || (charpos
> 0 && charpos
<= ZV
));
1181 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1182 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1183 that might have changed. */
1184 if (face_change_count
)
1186 face_change_count
= 0;
1187 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil
);
1190 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1194 if (base_face_id
== MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
)
1195 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
1196 else if (base_face_id
== HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
)
1197 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
1201 bzero (it
, sizeof *it
);
1202 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
1203 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
1204 it
->charset
= CHARSET_ASCII
;
1205 it
->base_face_id
= base_face_id
;
1207 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1208 XSETWINDOW (it
->window
, w
);
1210 it
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1212 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1213 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. */
1214 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it
->f
)->used
== 0)
1215 recompute_basic_faces (it
->f
);
1217 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1218 it
->space_width
= Qnil
;
1219 it
->font_height
= Qnil
;
1221 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1222 it
->ctl_arrow_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->ctl_arrow
);
1224 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1225 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1227 it
->selective
= (INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
1228 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
1229 : (!NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
1231 it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1232 = !NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display_ellipses
);
1234 /* Display table to use. */
1235 it
->dp
= window_display_table (w
);
1237 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1238 it
->multibyte_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
1240 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1242 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
1243 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
)
1244 && XMARKER (current_buffer
->mark
)->buffer
!= 0);
1246 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1247 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1248 -1 to indicate no region. */
1249 if (highlight_region_p
1250 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1251 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1252 highlight_nonselected_windows
1253 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1254 || w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
)
1255 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1256 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1257 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window
))
1258 && w
== XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window
))))
1260 int charpos
= marker_position (current_buffer
->mark
);
1261 it
->region_beg_charpos
= min (PT
, charpos
);
1262 it
->region_end_charpos
= max (PT
, charpos
);
1265 it
->region_beg_charpos
= it
->region_end_charpos
= -1;
1267 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1268 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1269 if (MARKERP (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
)
1270 && XMARKER (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
)->buffer
!= 0)
1271 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1272 = marker_position (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
);
1273 else if (INTEGERP (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
))
1274 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
= XINT (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
);
1276 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1277 it
->tab_width
= XINT (current_buffer
->tab_width
);
1278 if (it
->tab_width
<= 0 || it
->tab_width
> 1000)
1281 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1282 it
->truncate_lines_p
1283 = (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1284 || XINT (it
->w
->hscroll
)
1285 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1286 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it
->w
))
1287 || !NILP (current_buffer
->truncate_lines
));
1289 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1290 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1292 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
1294 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
)
1296 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1297 xassert (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
);
1298 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
1299 it
->truncation_pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1303 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1304 xassert (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
);
1305 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
1306 it
->continuation_pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1309 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1310 above has changed them. */
1311 it
->pixel_width
= it
->ascent
= it
->descent
= 0;
1312 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->phys_descent
= 0;
1315 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1316 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1317 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1318 it
->glyph_row
= row
;
1319 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
1321 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1322 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1323 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1324 start of this total display area. */
1325 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
1327 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1328 it
->first_visible_x
= 0;
1329 it
->last_visible_x
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1334 = XFASTINT (it
->w
->hscroll
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1335 it
->last_visible_x
= (it
->first_visible_x
1336 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
1338 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1339 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1340 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1341 for window-based redisplay. */
1342 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
1344 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
)
1345 it
->last_visible_x
-= it
->truncation_pixel_width
;
1347 it
->last_visible_x
-= it
->continuation_pixel_width
;
1350 it
->header_line_p
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
);
1351 it
->current_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) + w
->vscroll
;
1354 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1355 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
1356 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it
->w
))
1357 it
->last_visible_x
-= 1;
1359 it
->last_visible_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
1361 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1362 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1363 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
1367 it
->face_id
= base_face_id
;
1369 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1370 with a left box line. */
1371 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, base_face_id
);
1372 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1373 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= 1;
1376 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1377 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1380 it
->end_charpos
= ZV
;
1382 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = charpos
;
1384 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1386 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
1388 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = bytepos
;
1390 /* Compute faces etc. */
1391 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
1398 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1401 start_display (it
, w
, pos
)
1404 struct text_pos pos
;
1406 int start_at_line_beg_p
;
1407 struct glyph_row
*row
;
1408 int first_vpos
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0;
1411 row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
+ first_vpos
;
1412 init_iterator (it
, w
, CHARPOS (pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
), row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
1413 first_y
= it
->current_y
;
1415 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1416 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1418 start_at_line_beg_p
= (CHARPOS (pos
) == BEGV
1419 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos
) - 1) == '\n');
1420 if (!start_at_line_beg_p
)
1421 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
1423 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1424 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1425 if (!start_at_line_beg_p
)
1427 move_it_to (it
, CHARPOS (pos
), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
1429 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1430 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1431 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1432 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1433 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1434 if (!it
->truncate_lines_p
&& it
->current_x
> 0)
1436 if (it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0
1437 || it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
1439 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
1440 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, -1, -1, 0);
1442 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
1445 it
->current_y
= first_y
;
1447 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
1450 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1451 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1452 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1454 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1455 xassert (it
->continuation_lines_width
1456 || IT_CHARPOS (it
) == BEGV
1457 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it
) - 1) == '\n');
1462 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1463 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1464 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1467 init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, pos
)
1470 struct display_pos
*pos
;
1472 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1473 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1474 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1475 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1476 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1477 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1478 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1479 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1481 init_iterator (it
, w
, CHARPOS (pos
->pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
->pos
),
1482 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
1484 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1485 the right overlay string. */
1486 if (pos
->overlay_string_index
>= 0)
1490 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1491 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1492 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1493 if (pos
->overlay_string_index
>= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
)
1495 int n
= pos
->overlay_string_index
/ OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
1496 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= 0;
1499 load_overlay_strings (it
);
1500 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
+= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
1504 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= pos
->overlay_string_index
;
1505 relative_index
= (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
1506 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
);
1507 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[relative_index
];
1508 it
->current
.string_pos
= pos
->string_pos
;
1509 it
->method
= next_element_from_string
;
1511 else if (CHARPOS (pos
->string_pos
) >= 0)
1513 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1514 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1515 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1516 it
->current
.string_pos
= pos
->string_pos
;
1517 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
1520 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1521 character translations. */
1522 if (pos
->dpvec_index
>= 0)
1524 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1525 get_next_display_element (it
);
1526 xassert (it
->dpvec
&& it
->current
.dpvec_index
== 0);
1527 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= pos
->dpvec_index
;
1534 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1535 starting at ROW->start. */
1538 init_to_row_start (it
, w
, row
)
1541 struct glyph_row
*row
;
1543 init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, &row
->start
);
1544 it
->continuation_lines_width
= row
->continuation_lines_width
;
1549 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1550 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1553 init_to_row_end (it
, w
, row
)
1556 struct glyph_row
*row
;
1558 init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, &row
->end
);
1560 if (row
->continued_p
)
1561 it
->continuation_lines_width
= (row
->continuation_lines_width
1562 + row
->pixel_width
);
1569 /***********************************************************************
1571 ***********************************************************************/
1573 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1574 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1581 enum prop_handled handled
;
1582 int handle_overlay_change_p
= 1;
1586 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
1590 handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
1592 /* Call text property handlers. */
1593 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
1595 handled
= p
->handler (it
);
1597 if (handled
== HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
)
1599 else if (handled
== HANDLED_RETURN
)
1601 else if (handled
== HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
)
1602 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
1605 if (handled
!= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
)
1607 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1608 characters from a display vector. */
1609 if (it
->method
== next_element_from_display_vector
)
1610 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
1612 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1613 if (handle_overlay_change_p
)
1614 handled
= handle_overlay_change (it
);
1616 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1617 if (handled
== HANDLED_NORMALLY
)
1618 compute_stop_pos (it
);
1621 while (handled
== HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
);
1625 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1626 information for IT's current position. */
1629 compute_stop_pos (it
)
1632 register INTERVAL iv
, next_iv
;
1633 Lisp_Object object
, limit
, position
;
1635 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1636 it
->stop_charpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
1638 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
1640 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1642 object
= it
->string
;
1644 XSETFASTINT (position
, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
1650 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1651 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1652 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1654 charpos
= next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
1655 if (charpos
< it
->stop_charpos
)
1656 it
->stop_charpos
= charpos
;
1658 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1659 start or end because the face might change there. */
1660 if (it
->region_beg_charpos
> 0)
1662 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->region_beg_charpos
)
1663 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, it
->region_beg_charpos
);
1664 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->region_end_charpos
)
1665 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, it
->region_end_charpos
);
1668 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1669 property changes. */
1670 XSETBUFFER (object
, current_buffer
);
1671 XSETFASTINT (limit
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
);
1672 XSETFASTINT (position
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
1676 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1677 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1678 iv
= validate_interval_range (object
, &position
, &position
, 0);
1679 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv
))
1681 Lisp_Object values_here
[LAST_PROP_IDX
];
1684 /* Get properties here. */
1685 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
1686 values_here
[p
->idx
] = textget (iv
->plist
, *p
->name
);
1688 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1690 for (next_iv
= next_interval (iv
);
1691 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv
)
1693 || XFASTINT (limit
) > next_iv
->position
));
1694 next_iv
= next_interval (next_iv
))
1696 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
1698 Lisp_Object new_value
;
1700 new_value
= textget (next_iv
->plist
, *p
->name
);
1701 if (!EQ (values_here
[p
->idx
], new_value
))
1709 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv
))
1711 if (INTEGERP (limit
)
1712 && next_iv
->position
>= XFASTINT (limit
))
1713 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1714 it
->stop_charpos
= min (XFASTINT (limit
), it
->stop_charpos
);
1716 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1717 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, next_iv
->position
);
1721 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
)
1722 || (it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
1723 && it
->stop_charpos
>= IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
1727 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1728 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1729 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1733 next_overlay_change (pos
)
1738 Lisp_Object
*overlays
;
1742 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
1744 overlays
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof *overlays
);
1745 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlays
, &len
, &endpos
, NULL
);
1746 if (noverlays
> len
)
1749 overlays
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof *overlays
);
1750 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlays
, &len
, &endpos
, NULL
);
1753 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
1754 use its ending point instead. */
1755 for (i
= 0; i
< noverlays
; ++i
)
1760 oend
= OVERLAY_END (overlays
[i
]);
1761 oendpos
= OVERLAY_POSITION (oend
);
1762 endpos
= min (endpos
, oendpos
);
1770 /***********************************************************************
1772 ***********************************************************************/
1774 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
1775 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
1778 static enum prop_handled
1779 handle_fontified_prop (it
)
1782 Lisp_Object prop
, pos
;
1783 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
1784 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
1786 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
1787 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
1788 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
1789 Qfontification_functions. */
1790 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
)
1792 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions
)
1793 && (pos
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
)),
1794 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qfontified
, Qnil
),
1797 Lisp_Object args
[2];
1800 /* Run the hook functions. */
1801 args
[0] = Qfontification_functions
;
1803 Frun_hook_with_args (make_number (2), args
);
1805 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
1806 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
1807 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
1808 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos
, Qfontified
, Qnil
)))
1809 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
1818 /***********************************************************************
1820 ***********************************************************************/
1822 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
1823 Called from handle_stop. */
1825 static enum prop_handled
1826 handle_face_prop (it
)
1829 int new_face_id
, next_stop
;
1831 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
))
1834 = face_at_buffer_position (it
->w
,
1836 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
1837 it
->region_end_charpos
,
1840 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
),
1843 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
1844 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
1845 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
1846 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
1847 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
1848 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
1849 if (new_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
1851 struct face
*new_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, new_face_id
);
1853 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
1854 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
1855 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
1856 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
1857 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
1858 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
1859 it
->start_of_box_run_p
1860 = (new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1861 && (it
->face_id
>= 0
1862 || IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BEG
1863 || new_face_id
!= face_before_it_pos (it
)));
1864 it
->face_box_p
= new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
1870 = face_at_string_position (it
->w
,
1872 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
1873 (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0
1876 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
1877 it
->region_end_charpos
,
1881 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
1882 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
1883 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
1884 if (it
->glyph_row
== MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
1885 && new_face_id
== DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
1886 new_face_id
= MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
;
1889 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
1890 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
1891 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
1892 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
1893 box, all characters up to that position will have a
1894 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
1895 is really the end. */
1896 if (new_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
1898 struct face
*new_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, new_face_id
);
1899 struct face
*old_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1901 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
1902 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
1903 shadow on the left side. */
1904 it
->start_of_box_run_p
1905 = new_face
->box
&& (old_face
== NULL
|| !old_face
->box
);
1906 it
->face_box_p
= new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
1910 it
->face_id
= new_face_id
;
1911 it
->charset
= CHARSET_ASCII
;
1912 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
1916 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
1917 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
1918 position. Value is the id of the face. */
1921 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it
, before_p
)
1926 int next_check_charpos
;
1927 struct text_pos pos
;
1929 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
);
1931 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
1933 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
1934 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
1936 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= XSTRING (it
->string
)->size
1937 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == 0 && before_p
))
1940 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
1942 pos
= string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1, it
->string
);
1944 pos
= string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1, it
->string
);
1946 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
1948 = face_at_string_position (it
->w
,
1951 (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0
1954 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
1955 it
->region_end_charpos
,
1956 &next_check_charpos
,
1959 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1960 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1961 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
1962 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
1964 unsigned char *p
= XSTRING (it
->string
)->data
+ BYTEPOS (pos
);
1965 int rest
= STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it
->string
)) - BYTEPOS (pos
);
1966 int c
, len
, charset
;
1968 c
= string_char_and_length (p
, rest
, &len
);
1969 charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
1970 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
1971 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it
->f
, face_id
, charset
);
1976 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= ZV
&& !before_p
)
1977 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
&& before_p
))
1980 limit
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
;
1981 pos
= it
->current
.pos
;
1988 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
1989 face_id
= face_at_buffer_position (it
->w
,
1991 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
1992 it
->region_end_charpos
,
1993 &next_check_charpos
,
1996 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1997 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1998 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
1999 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
2001 int charset
= charset_at_position (pos
);
2002 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
2003 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it
->f
, face_id
, charset
);
2012 /***********************************************************************
2014 ***********************************************************************/
2016 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2017 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2019 static enum prop_handled
2020 handle_invisible_prop (it
)
2023 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
2025 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
2027 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible
;
2028 Lisp_Object prop
, end_charpos
, limit
, charpos
;
2030 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2031 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2033 XSETFASTINT (charpos
, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
2034 prop
= Fget_text_property (charpos
, Qinvisible
, it
->string
);
2038 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
2040 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2041 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2042 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2043 all the rest of IT->string. */
2044 XSETINT (limit
, XSTRING (it
->string
)->size
);
2045 end_charpos
= Fnext_single_property_change (charpos
, Qinvisible
,
2048 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2049 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2050 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2051 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos
)
2052 && XFASTINT (end_charpos
) < XFASTINT (limit
))
2054 struct text_pos old
;
2055 old
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
2056 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = XFASTINT (end_charpos
);
2057 compute_string_pos (&it
->current
.string_pos
, old
, it
->string
);
2061 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2062 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2063 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2064 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
2066 next_overlay_string (it
);
2067 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2068 finished processing them. */
2069 handled
= HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
;
2073 struct Lisp_String
*s
= XSTRING (it
->string
);
2074 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = s
->size
;
2075 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = STRING_BYTES (s
);
2082 int visible_p
, newpos
, next_stop
;
2083 Lisp_Object pos
, prop
;
2085 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2086 XSETFASTINT (pos
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
2087 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
2089 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2090 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
))
2092 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2094 int display_ellipsis_p
2095 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop
);
2097 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
2099 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2100 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2103 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2104 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2105 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2106 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2107 invisible property. */
2108 newpos
= skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
2109 &next_stop
, ZV
, it
->window
);
2111 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2112 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2113 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2114 if (newpos
== IT_CHARPOS (*it
) || newpos
>= ZV
)
2118 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2119 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2120 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2121 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2122 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2123 newpos is visible. */
2124 XSETFASTINT (pos
, newpos
);
2125 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
2126 visible_p
= !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
2129 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2130 skip starting with next_stop. */
2132 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = next_stop
;
2136 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2137 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = newpos
;
2138 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos
);
2140 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2141 if (display_ellipsis_p
)
2144 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
)))
2146 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
));
2147 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
2148 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
2152 /* Default `...'. */
2153 it
->dpvec
= default_invis_vector
;
2154 it
->dpend
= default_invis_vector
+ 3;
2157 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2158 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2159 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2160 it
->dpvec_char_len
= 0;
2162 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
2163 it
->method
= next_element_from_display_vector
;
2173 /***********************************************************************
2175 ***********************************************************************/
2177 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2178 Called from handle_stop. */
2180 static enum prop_handled
2181 handle_display_prop (it
)
2184 Lisp_Object prop
, object
;
2185 struct text_pos
*position
;
2186 int space_or_image_found_p
;
2188 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
2190 object
= it
->string
;
2191 position
= &it
->current
.string_pos
;
2196 position
= &it
->current
.pos
;
2199 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2200 it
->font_height
= Qnil
;
2201 it
->space_width
= Qnil
;
2204 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2205 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2206 `display' property etc. */
2207 if (!it
->string_from_display_prop_p
)
2208 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
2210 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (position
->charpos
),
2213 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
2215 space_or_image_found_p
= 0;
2217 && CONSP (XCAR (prop
))
2218 && !EQ (Qmargin
, XCAR (XCAR (prop
))))
2220 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2221 while (CONSP (prop
))
2223 if (handle_single_display_prop (it
, XCAR (prop
), object
, position
))
2224 space_or_image_found_p
= 1;
2228 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
2231 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECTOR (prop
)->size
; ++i
)
2232 if (handle_single_display_prop (it
, XVECTOR (prop
)->contents
[i
],
2234 space_or_image_found_p
= 1;
2238 if (handle_single_display_prop (it
, prop
, object
, position
))
2239 space_or_image_found_p
= 1;
2242 return space_or_image_found_p
? HANDLED_RETURN
: HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
2246 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2247 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2249 static struct text_pos
2250 display_prop_end (it
, object
, start_pos
)
2253 struct text_pos start_pos
;
2256 struct text_pos end_pos
;
2258 end
= next_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos
)),
2259 Qdisplay
, object
, Qnil
);
2260 CHARPOS (end_pos
) = XFASTINT (end
);
2261 if (STRINGP (object
))
2262 compute_string_pos (&end_pos
, start_pos
, it
->string
);
2264 BYTEPOS (end_pos
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end
));
2270 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2271 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2272 is the position at which it was found.
2274 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2275 end position of the `display' property.
2277 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2280 handle_single_display_prop (it
, prop
, object
, position
)
2284 struct text_pos
*position
;
2287 int space_or_image_found_p
= 0;
2291 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2292 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2294 if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
))
2303 if (!NILP (form
) && !EQ (form
, Qt
))
2305 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
2306 struct text_pos end_pos
, pt
;
2308 end_pos
= display_prop_end (it
, object
, *position
);
2311 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2312 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2314 BYTEPOS (pt
) = PT_BYTE
;
2315 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos
), BYTEPOS (end_pos
));
2316 form
= eval_form (form
);
2317 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt
), BYTEPOS (pt
));
2325 && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qheight
)
2326 && CONSP (XCDR (prop
)))
2328 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
2331 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2332 it
->font_height
= XCAR (XCDR (prop
));
2333 if (!NILP (it
->font_height
))
2335 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2336 int new_height
= -1;
2338 if (CONSP (it
->font_height
)
2339 && (EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qplus
)
2340 || EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qminus
))
2341 && CONSP (XCDR (it
->font_height
))
2342 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it
->font_height
))))
2344 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2345 int steps
= XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it
->font_height
)));
2346 if (EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qplus
))
2348 it
->face_id
= smaller_face (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, steps
);
2350 else if (SYMBOLP (it
->font_height
))
2352 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2353 Value is the new height. */
2354 Lisp_Object form
, height
;
2355 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
2357 height
= face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
];
2358 form
= Fcons (it
->font_height
, Fcons (height
, Qnil
));
2360 height
= eval_form (form
);
2361 if (NUMBERP (height
))
2362 new_height
= XFLOATINT (height
);
2365 else if (NUMBERP (it
->font_height
))
2367 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2370 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
2371 new_height
= (XFLOATINT (it
->font_height
)
2372 * XINT (face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]));
2376 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2377 current specified height to get the new height. */
2379 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
2381 specbind (Qheight
, face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]);
2382 value
= eval_form (it
->font_height
);
2383 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
2385 if (NUMBERP (value
))
2386 new_height
= XFLOATINT (value
);
2390 it
->face_id
= face_with_height (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, new_height
);
2393 else if (CONSP (prop
)
2394 && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace_width
)
2395 && CONSP (XCDR (prop
)))
2397 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2398 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
2401 value
= XCAR (XCDR (prop
));
2402 if (NUMBERP (value
) && XFLOATINT (value
) > 0)
2403 it
->space_width
= value
;
2405 else if (CONSP (prop
)
2406 && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qraise
)
2407 && CONSP (XCDR (prop
)))
2409 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2410 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2411 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
2414 value
= XCAR (XCDR (prop
));
2415 if (NUMBERP (value
))
2417 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2418 it
->voffset
= - (XFLOATINT (value
)
2419 * (face
->font
->ascent
+ face
->font
->descent
));
2421 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2423 else if (!it
->string_from_display_prop_p
)
2425 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2426 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2427 Lisp_Object location
, value
;
2428 struct text_pos start_pos
;
2431 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2432 we have to find the end of the property. */
2433 space_or_image_found_p
= 1;
2434 start_pos
= *position
;
2435 *position
= display_prop_end (it
, object
, start_pos
);
2437 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2438 text properties change there. */
2439 it
->stop_charpos
= position
->charpos
;
2441 location
= Qunbound
;
2442 if (CONSP (prop
) && CONSP (XCAR (prop
)))
2446 value
= XCDR (prop
);
2448 value
= XCAR (value
);
2451 if (EQ (XCAR (tem
), Qmargin
)
2452 && (tem
= XCDR (tem
),
2453 tem
= CONSP (tem
) ? XCAR (tem
) : Qnil
,
2455 || EQ (tem
, Qleft_margin
)
2456 || EQ (tem
, Qright_margin
))))
2460 if (EQ (location
, Qunbound
))
2466 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2467 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it
->f
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it
->f
))
2468 valid_p
= STRINGP (value
);
2470 valid_p
= (STRINGP (value
)
2471 || (CONSP (value
) && EQ (XCAR (value
), Qspace
))
2472 || valid_image_p (value
));
2473 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2474 valid_p
= STRINGP (value
);
2475 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2477 if ((EQ (location
, Qleft_margin
)
2478 || EQ (location
, Qright_margin
)
2482 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2483 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2486 if (NILP (location
))
2487 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
2488 else if (EQ (location
, Qleft_margin
))
2489 it
->area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
2491 it
->area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
2493 if (STRINGP (value
))
2496 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
2497 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
2498 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
2499 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
2500 = XSTRING (it
->string
)->size
;
2501 it
->method
= next_element_from_string
;
2502 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
2503 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 1;
2505 else if (CONSP (value
) && EQ (XCAR (value
), Qspace
))
2507 it
->method
= next_element_from_stretch
;
2509 it
->current
.pos
= it
->position
= start_pos
;
2511 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2514 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
2515 it
->image_id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, value
);
2516 it
->position
= start_pos
;
2517 it
->object
= NILP (object
) ? it
->w
->buffer
: object
;
2518 it
->method
= next_element_from_image
;
2520 /* Say that we don't have consumed the characters with
2521 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2522 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2523 *position
= start_pos
;
2525 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2529 return space_or_image_found_p
;
2534 /***********************************************************************
2536 ***********************************************************************/
2538 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
2539 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
2541 struct overlay_entry
2549 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
2550 Called from handle_stop. */
2552 static enum prop_handled
2553 handle_overlay_change (it
)
2556 /* Overlays are handled in current_buffer only. */
2557 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
2558 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
2560 return (get_overlay_strings (it
)
2561 ? HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
2562 : HANDLED_NORMALLY
);
2566 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
2567 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
2568 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
2569 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
2570 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
2571 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
2574 next_overlay_string (it
)
2577 ++it
->current
.overlay_string_index
;
2578 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
== it
->n_overlay_strings
)
2580 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
2581 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
2582 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
2584 xassert (it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
2585 && it
->stop_charpos
<= it
->end_charpos
);
2587 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
2588 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->current
.string_pos
, -1, -1);
2589 it
->n_overlay_strings
= 0;
2590 it
->method
= next_element_from_buffer
;
2594 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
2595 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
2596 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
2598 int i
= it
->current
.overlay_string_index
% OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
2600 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
&& i
== 0)
2601 load_overlay_strings (it
);
2603 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
2605 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[i
];
2606 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
2607 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->current
.string_pos
, 0, 0);
2608 it
->method
= next_element_from_string
;
2609 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
2616 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
2617 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
2618 strings for the same position are sorted so that
2620 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings.
2622 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
2623 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
2625 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
2626 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
2628 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
2632 compare_overlay_entries (e1
, e2
)
2635 struct overlay_entry
*entry1
= (struct overlay_entry
*) e1
;
2636 struct overlay_entry
*entry2
= (struct overlay_entry
*) e2
;
2639 if (entry1
->after_string_p
!= entry2
->after_string_p
)
2640 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings. */
2641 result
= entry1
->after_string_p
? -1 : 1;
2642 else if (entry1
->after_string_p
)
2643 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
2644 result
= entry2
->priority
- entry1
->priority
;
2646 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
2647 result
= entry1
->priority
- entry2
->priority
;
2653 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
2654 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
2655 overlay strings found.
2657 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
2658 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
2659 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
2660 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
2663 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
2664 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
2665 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
2666 compare_overlay_entries. */
2669 load_overlay_strings (it
)
2672 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string
, Qbefore_string
, Qwindow
, Qpriority
;
2673 Lisp_Object ov
, overlay
, window
, str
;
2677 struct overlay_entry
*entries
2678 = (struct overlay_entry
*) alloca (size
* sizeof *entries
);
2680 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
2681 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
2682 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
2684 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
2687 Lisp_Object priority; \
2691 int new_size = 2 * size; \
2692 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
2694 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
2695 * sizeof *entries); \
2696 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
2700 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
2701 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
2702 entries[n].priority \
2703 = INTEGERP (priority) ? XFASTINT (priority) : 0; \
2704 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
2709 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
2710 for (ov
= current_buffer
->overlays_before
;
2714 overlay
= XCAR (ov
);
2715 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay
));
2716 start
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
));
2717 end
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay
));
2719 if (end
< IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
2722 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2724 if (end
!= IT_CHARPOS (*it
) && start
!= IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
2727 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2728 window
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qwindow
);
2729 if (WINDOWP (window
) && XWINDOW (window
) != it
->w
)
2732 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2733 if (start
== IT_CHARPOS (*it
)
2734 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
), STRINGP (str
))
2735 && XSTRING (str
)->size
)
2736 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 0);
2738 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2739 if (end
== IT_CHARPOS (*it
)
2740 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
), STRINGP (str
))
2741 && XSTRING (str
)->size
)
2742 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 1);
2745 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
2746 for (ov
= current_buffer
->overlays_after
;
2750 overlay
= XCAR (ov
);
2751 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay
));
2752 start
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
));
2753 end
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay
));
2755 if (start
> IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
2758 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2760 if (end
!= IT_CHARPOS (*it
) && start
!= IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
2763 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2764 window
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qwindow
);
2765 if (WINDOWP (window
) && XWINDOW (window
) != it
->w
)
2768 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2769 if (start
== IT_CHARPOS (*it
)
2770 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
), STRINGP (str
))
2771 && XSTRING (str
)->size
)
2772 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 0);
2774 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2775 if (end
== IT_CHARPOS (*it
)
2776 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
), STRINGP (str
))
2777 && XSTRING (str
)->size
)
2778 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 1);
2781 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
2784 qsort (entries
, n
, sizeof *entries
, compare_overlay_entries
);
2786 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
2787 it
->n_overlay_strings
= n
;
2789 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
2790 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
2791 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
2793 j
= it
->current
.overlay_string_index
;
2794 while (i
< OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
&& j
< n
)
2795 it
->overlay_strings
[i
++] = entries
[j
++].string
;
2801 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
2802 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
2806 get_overlay_strings (it
)
2809 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
2810 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
2811 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
2812 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
2813 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
2814 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
2815 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
2816 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= 0;
2817 load_overlay_strings (it
);
2819 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
2820 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
2821 from current_buffer. */
2822 if (it
->n_overlay_strings
)
2824 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
2825 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
2827 compute_stop_pos (it
);
2828 xassert (it
->face_id
>= 0);
2830 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
2831 strings have been processed. */
2832 xassert (it
->sp
== 0);
2835 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
2837 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
2838 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
2839 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[0];
2840 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
2841 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
2842 it
->method
= next_element_from_string
;
2847 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
2848 it
->method
= next_element_from_buffer
;
2853 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
2854 return STRINGP (it
->string
);
2859 /***********************************************************************
2860 Saving and restoring state
2861 ***********************************************************************/
2863 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
2864 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
2865 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
2872 struct iterator_stack_entry
*p
;
2874 xassert (it
->sp
< 2);
2875 p
= it
->stack
+ it
->sp
;
2877 p
->stop_charpos
= it
->stop_charpos
;
2878 xassert (it
->face_id
>= 0);
2879 p
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
2880 p
->string
= it
->string
;
2881 p
->pos
= it
->current
;
2882 p
->end_charpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
2883 p
->string_nchars
= it
->string_nchars
;
2885 p
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
2886 p
->space_width
= it
->space_width
;
2887 p
->font_height
= it
->font_height
;
2888 p
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
2889 p
->string_from_display_prop_p
= it
->string_from_display_prop_p
;
2894 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
2895 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
2896 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
2897 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
2898 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
2904 struct iterator_stack_entry
*p
;
2906 xassert (it
->sp
> 0);
2908 p
= it
->stack
+ it
->sp
;
2909 it
->stop_charpos
= p
->stop_charpos
;
2910 it
->face_id
= p
->face_id
;
2911 it
->string
= p
->string
;
2912 it
->current
= p
->pos
;
2913 it
->end_charpos
= p
->end_charpos
;
2914 it
->string_nchars
= p
->string_nchars
;
2916 it
->multibyte_p
= p
->multibyte_p
;
2917 it
->space_width
= p
->space_width
;
2918 it
->font_height
= p
->font_height
;
2919 it
->voffset
= p
->voffset
;
2920 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= p
->string_from_display_prop_p
;
2925 /***********************************************************************
2927 ***********************************************************************/
2929 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
2932 back_to_previous_line_start (it
)
2935 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1, -1);
2936 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
2940 /* Set IT's current position to the next line start. */
2943 forward_to_next_line_start (it
)
2946 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), 1);
2947 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
2951 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
2952 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
2953 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
2957 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
)
2962 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
2963 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
2964 back_to_previous_line_start (it
);
2966 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
2967 or text properties. */
2968 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
2973 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
2975 if (it
->selective
> 0
2976 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
2979 #ifdef USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES
2984 prop
= Fget_char_property (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
2985 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
))
2988 #endif /* USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
2990 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
2992 back_to_previous_line_start (it
);
2995 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
2996 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BEGV
2997 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) == '\n');
3002 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3003 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3004 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3005 face information etc. */
3008 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it
)
3011 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
3012 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
3017 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3018 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3019 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3020 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3021 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3022 is invisible because of text properties. */
3025 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, on_newline_p
)
3029 /* Restore the buffer position when currently not delivering display
3030 elements from the current buffer. This is the case, for example,
3031 when called at the end of a truncated overlay string. */
3034 it
->method
= next_element_from_buffer
;
3036 /* Otherwise, scan_buffer would not work. */
3037 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
)
3039 /* If on a newline, advance past it. Otherwise, find the next
3040 newline which automatically gives us the position following
3042 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)) == '\n')
3048 forward_to_next_line_start (it
);
3050 /* We must either have reached the end of the buffer or end up
3052 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == ZV
3053 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) == '\n');
3055 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3056 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3057 if (it
->selective
> 0)
3058 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
3059 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
3061 forward_to_next_line_start (it
);
3063 /* Position on the newline if we should. */
3064 if (on_newline_p
&& IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
3067 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
3070 /* Set the iterator there. The 0 as the last parameter of
3071 reseat means don't force a text property lookup. The lookup
3072 is then only done if we've skipped past the iterator's
3073 check_charpos'es. This optimization is important because
3074 text property lookups tend to be expensive. */
3075 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 0);
3083 /***********************************************************************
3084 Changing an iterator's position
3085 ***********************************************************************/
3087 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3088 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3089 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3090 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3093 reseat (it
, pos
, force_p
)
3095 struct text_pos pos
;
3098 int original_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3100 reseat_1 (it
, pos
, 0);
3102 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3103 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3105 || CHARPOS (pos
) > it
->stop_charpos
3106 || CHARPOS (pos
) < original_pos
)
3113 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3114 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3117 reseat_1 (it
, pos
, set_stop_p
)
3119 struct text_pos pos
;
3122 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3123 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
);
3125 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3126 xassert (CHARPOS (pos
) >= BEGV
&& CHARPOS (pos
) <= ZV
);
3128 it
->current
.pos
= it
->position
= pos
;
3129 XSETBUFFER (it
->object
, current_buffer
);
3131 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
3132 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
3133 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = -1;
3134 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
3136 it
->method
= next_element_from_buffer
;
3140 it
->stop_charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
);
3144 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3145 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3146 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3148 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3149 characters from the string.
3151 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3152 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3155 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3156 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3157 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3159 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3160 calling this function. */
3163 reseat_to_string (it
, s
, string
, charpos
, precision
, field_width
, multibyte
)
3168 int precision
, field_width
, multibyte
;
3170 /* No region in strings. */
3171 it
->region_beg_charpos
= it
->region_end_charpos
= -1;
3173 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3174 it
->stop_charpos
= -1;
3176 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3177 bzero (&it
->current
, sizeof it
->current
);
3178 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
3179 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
3180 it
->charset
= CHARSET_ASCII
;
3181 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
3183 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3185 it
->multibyte_p
= multibyte
> 0;
3189 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
3190 it
->string
= string
;
3192 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= XSTRING (string
)->size
;
3193 it
->method
= next_element_from_string
;
3194 it
->current
.string_pos
= string_pos (charpos
, string
);
3201 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3202 for displaying C strings. */
3203 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
3204 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
3206 it
->current
.pos
= c_string_pos (charpos
, s
, 1);
3207 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= number_of_chars (s
, 1);
3211 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = charpos
;
3212 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= strlen (s
);
3215 it
->method
= next_element_from_c_string
;
3218 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3220 if (precision
> 0 && it
->end_charpos
- charpos
> precision
)
3221 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= charpos
+ precision
;
3223 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3224 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3225 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3226 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3227 if (field_width
< 0)
3228 field_width
= INFINITY
;
3229 if (field_width
> it
->end_charpos
- charpos
)
3230 it
->end_charpos
= charpos
+ field_width
;
3232 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3233 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table
))
3234 it
->dp
= XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table
);
3236 it
->stop_charpos
= charpos
;
3242 /***********************************************************************
3244 ***********************************************************************/
3246 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3247 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3248 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3251 get_next_display_element (it
)
3254 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3255 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3256 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3257 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3258 int success_p
= (*it
->method
) (it
);
3261 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
3263 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3264 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3265 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3266 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3267 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3268 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3269 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3270 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3272 if (success_p
&& it
->dpvec
== NULL
)
3277 && (dv
= DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it
->dp
, it
->c
),
3280 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (dv
);
3282 /* Return the first character from the display table
3283 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3284 current character. */
3287 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
3288 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
3289 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
3290 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
3291 it
->method
= next_element_from_display_vector
;
3294 success_p
= get_next_display_element (it
);
3297 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3298 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3299 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3300 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3301 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3303 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3305 else if ((it
->c
< ' '
3306 && (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
3307 || (it
->c
!= '\n' && it
->c
!= '\t')))
3310 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it
->c
))
3312 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3313 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3314 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3315 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3316 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3319 if (it
->c
< 128 && it
->ctl_arrow_p
)
3321 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3323 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it
->dp
))
3324 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it
->dp
))))
3325 g
= XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it
->dp
));
3327 g
= FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3328 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], g
);
3330 g
= FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it
->c
^ 0100, 0);
3331 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[1], g
);
3333 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3334 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
3335 it
->dpvec
= it
->ctl_chars
;
3336 it
->dpend
= it
->dpvec
+ 2;
3337 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
3338 it
->method
= next_element_from_display_vector
;
3339 get_next_display_element (it
);
3343 unsigned char work
[4], *str
;
3344 int len
= CHAR_STRING (it
->c
, work
, str
);
3348 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3350 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it
->dp
))
3351 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it
->dp
))))
3352 escape_glyph
= XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it
->dp
));
3354 escape_glyph
= FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3356 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
3358 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4], escape_glyph
);
3359 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3360 the octal display of the character. */
3361 g
= FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str
[i
] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3362 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 1], g
);
3363 g
= FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str
[i
] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3364 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 2], g
);
3365 g
= FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str
[i
] & 7) + '0', 0);
3366 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 3], g
);
3369 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3371 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
3372 it
->dpvec
= it
->ctl_chars
;
3373 it
->dpend
= it
->dpvec
+ len
* 4;
3374 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
3375 it
->method
= next_element_from_display_vector
;
3376 get_next_display_element (it
);
3381 /* Adjust face id if charset changes. There are no charset
3382 changes in unibyte text because Emacs' charsets are not
3383 applicable there. */
3386 && (charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (it
->c
),
3387 charset
!= it
->charset
))
3389 it
->charset
= charset
;
3390 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, charset
);
3394 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3395 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3402 it
->end_of_box_run_p
3403 = ((face_id
= face_after_it_pos (it
),
3404 face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
3405 && (face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
),
3406 face
->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
));
3409 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3414 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3416 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
3417 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
3418 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
3419 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
3420 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
3421 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
3422 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
3423 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
3424 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
3427 set_iterator_to_next (it
)
3430 if (it
->method
== next_element_from_buffer
)
3432 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
3433 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
3434 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
3435 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
3436 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
3439 xassert (it
->len
!= 0);
3440 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
3441 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
3442 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
3445 else if (it
->method
== next_element_from_c_string
)
3447 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
3448 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
3449 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
3451 else if (it
->method
== next_element_from_display_vector
)
3453 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
3454 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
3455 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
3457 ++it
->current
.dpvec_index
;
3459 /* Restore face and charset of the iterator to what they were
3460 before the display vector entry (these entries may contain
3461 faces, and of course characters of different charsets). */
3462 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
3463 it
->charset
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
)->charset
;
3465 if (it
->dpvec
+ it
->current
.dpvec_index
== it
->dpend
)
3468 it
->method
= next_element_from_c_string
;
3469 else if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3470 it
->method
= next_element_from_string
;
3472 it
->method
= next_element_from_buffer
;
3475 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
3477 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
3478 if (it
->dpvec_char_len
< 0)
3479 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 1);
3480 else if (it
->dpvec_char_len
> 0)
3482 it
->len
= it
->dpvec_char_len
;
3483 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
3487 else if (it
->method
== next_element_from_string
)
3489 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
3490 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
&& STRINGP (it
->string
));
3491 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
3492 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
3494 consider_string_end
:
3496 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3498 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
3499 next, if there is one. */
3500 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= XSTRING (it
->string
)->size
)
3501 next_overlay_string (it
);
3505 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
3506 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
3507 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
3508 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
3509 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == XSTRING (it
->string
)->size
3513 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
))
3514 it
->method
= next_element_from_buffer
;
3518 else if (it
->method
== next_element_from_image
3519 || it
->method
== next_element_from_stretch
)
3521 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
3522 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
3523 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
3526 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3528 it
->method
= next_element_from_string
;
3529 goto consider_string_end
;
3532 it
->method
= next_element_from_buffer
;
3535 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
3538 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of
3539 characters with box. */
3540 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
= 0;
3542 xassert (it
->method
!= next_element_from_string
3543 || (STRINGP (it
->string
)
3544 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0));
3548 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3549 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
3550 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
3551 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
3554 next_element_from_display_vector (it
)
3558 xassert (it
->dpvec
&& it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0);
3560 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3561 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
3562 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
3564 if (INTEGERP (*it
->dpvec
)
3565 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it
->dpvec
)))
3570 g
= XFASTINT (it
->dpvec
[it
->current
.dpvec_index
]);
3571 it
->c
= FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g
);
3572 it
->len
= CHAR_LEN (it
->c
);
3574 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
3575 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
3576 zero means no face. */
3577 lface_id
= FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g
);
3580 int face_id
= ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it
->f
, lface_id
);
3583 it
->face_id
= face_id
;
3584 it
->charset
= CHARSET_ASCII
;
3589 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
3590 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
3592 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
3593 still the values of the character that had this display table
3594 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
3595 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
3600 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
3601 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
3602 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
3606 next_element_from_string (it
)
3609 struct text_pos position
;
3611 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
3612 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0);
3613 position
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
3615 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
3616 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
3617 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == it
->stop_charpos
)
3621 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
3623 return get_next_display_element (it
);
3626 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3628 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
3629 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
3631 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= XSTRING (it
->string
)->size
)
3636 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
3638 int remaining
= (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it
->string
))
3639 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
3640 unsigned char *s
= (XSTRING (it
->string
)->data
3641 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
3642 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (s
, remaining
, &it
->len
);
3646 it
->c
= XSTRING (it
->string
)->data
[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
)];
3652 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
3653 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
3654 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
3655 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
3656 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
3661 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->string_nchars
)
3663 /* Pad with spaces. */
3664 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
3665 CHARPOS (position
) = BYTEPOS (position
) = -1;
3667 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
3669 int maxlen
= (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it
->string
))
3670 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
3671 unsigned char *s
= (XSTRING (it
->string
)->data
3672 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
3673 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (s
, maxlen
, &it
->len
);
3677 it
->c
= XSTRING (it
->string
)->data
[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
)];
3682 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
3683 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
3685 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
3686 it
->object
= it
->string
;
3687 it
->position
= position
;
3692 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
3693 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
3694 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
3695 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
3696 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
3697 reached, including padding spaces. */
3700 next_element_from_c_string (it
)
3706 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
3707 BYTEPOS (it
->position
) = CHARPOS (it
->position
) = 0;
3710 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
3711 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
3713 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
3715 /* End of the game. */
3719 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->string_nchars
)
3721 /* Pad with spaces. */
3722 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
3723 BYTEPOS (it
->position
) = CHARPOS (it
->position
) = -1;
3725 else if (it
->multibyte_p
)
3727 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
3728 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
3729 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
3730 int maxlen
= strlen (it
->s
) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
3731 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (it
->s
+ IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
3735 it
->c
= it
->s
[IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)], it
->len
= 1;
3741 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
3742 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
3743 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
3744 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
3747 next_element_from_ellipsis (it
)
3750 if (it
->dp
&& VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
)))
3752 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3753 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3754 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
));
3755 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
3756 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
3757 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
3758 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
3759 it
->method
= next_element_from_display_vector
;
3760 get_next_display_element (it
);
3762 else if (it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
)
3764 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
3765 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
3766 it
->dpvec
= default_invis_vector
;
3767 it
->dpend
= default_invis_vector
+ 3;
3768 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
3769 it
->method
= next_element_from_display_vector
;
3770 get_next_display_element (it
);
3775 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
3776 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
3781 next_element_from_image (it
)
3784 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
3789 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
3790 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
3794 next_element_from_stretch (it
)
3797 it
->what
= IT_STRETCH
;
3802 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
3803 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
3804 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
3808 next_element_from_buffer (it
)
3813 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
3814 if-statement, below. */
3815 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
3816 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= it
->stop_charpos
);
3818 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->stop_charpos
)
3820 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
3822 int overlay_strings_follow_p
;
3824 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
3825 haven't been returned yet. */
3826 if (it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
)
3827 overlay_strings_follow_p
= 0;
3830 it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
= 1;
3831 overlay_strings_follow_p
3832 = get_overlay_strings (it
);
3835 if (overlay_strings_follow_p
)
3836 success_p
= get_next_display_element (it
);
3840 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
3847 return get_next_display_element (it
);
3852 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
3853 character from current_buffer. */
3856 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
3857 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
3858 if (it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
3860 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
)
3861 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it
);
3863 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
3864 p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
3865 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
3867 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT_BYTE
? ZV_BYTE
: GPT_BYTE
)
3868 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
3869 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (p
, maxlen
, &it
->len
);
3872 it
->c
= *p
, it
->len
= 1;
3874 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
3875 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;;
3876 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
3877 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
3879 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
3880 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
3885 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
3886 than that number of columns. */
3887 if (it
->selective
> 0
3888 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1 < ZV
3889 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1,
3890 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) + 1,
3893 next_element_from_ellipsis (it
);
3894 it
->dpvec_char_len
= -1;
3897 else if (it
->c
== '\r' && it
->selective
== -1)
3899 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
3900 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
3901 ellipsis displayed for it. */
3902 next_element_from_ellipsis (it
);
3903 it
->dpvec_char_len
= -1;
3908 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
3909 xassert (!success_p
|| it
->len
> 0);
3914 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
3917 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it
)
3920 Lisp_Object args
[3];
3922 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
3923 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
3924 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
3926 /* Set up hook arguments. */
3927 args
[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
;
3928 args
[1] = it
->window
;
3929 XSETINT (args
[2], it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
);
3930 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
= 0;
3932 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
3933 them again, even if they get an error. */
3934 it
->w
->redisplay_end_trigger
= Qnil
;
3935 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args
);
3937 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
3938 handle_face_prop (it
);
3943 /***********************************************************************
3944 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
3945 ***********************************************************************/
3947 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
3948 line on the display without producing glyphs.
3950 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
3951 whichever is reached first.
3953 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
3955 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
3956 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
3957 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
3962 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
3963 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
3966 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
3969 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
3973 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
3977 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
3980 static enum move_it_result
3981 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
)
3983 int to_charpos
, to_x
, op
;
3985 enum move_it_result result
= MOVE_UNDEFINED
;
3986 struct glyph_row
*saved_glyph_row
;
3988 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
3989 saved_glyph_row
= it
->glyph_row
;
3990 it
->glyph_row
= NULL
;
3996 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
3997 if (!get_next_display_element (it
)
3998 || ((op
& MOVE_TO_POS
) != 0
3999 && BUFFERP (it
->object
)
4000 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= to_charpos
))
4002 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
4006 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4007 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4008 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4011 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
4013 if (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
4015 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
4019 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4020 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4021 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4022 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4023 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4024 composite character.
4026 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4027 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4028 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4029 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4030 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4031 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4032 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4035 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4039 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4040 glyphs have the same width. */
4041 int single_glyph_width
= it
->pixel_width
/ it
->nglyphs
;
4044 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->nglyphs
; ++i
, x
= new_x
)
4046 new_x
= x
+ single_glyph_width
;
4048 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4049 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) && new_x
> to_x
)
4052 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
4055 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4056 !it
->truncate_lines_p
4057 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4058 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
4059 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4061 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
4062 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
4064 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4065 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4067 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
4068 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)))
4071 it
->current_x
= new_x
;
4072 if (i
== it
->nglyphs
- 1)
4073 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
4078 result
= MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
;
4081 else if (new_x
> it
->first_visible_x
)
4083 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4084 would be displayed. */
4089 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4090 area. Nothing to do. */
4094 if (result
!= MOVE_UNDEFINED
)
4097 else if ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) && it
->current_x
>= to_x
)
4099 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4100 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4101 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4102 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4103 xassert (it
->nglyphs
== 0);
4104 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
4108 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4109 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
4111 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
4115 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4117 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
4119 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4120 past the right edge of the window now. */
4121 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
4122 && it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
4124 result
= MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
;
4129 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4131 it
->glyph_row
= saved_glyph_row
;
4136 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4137 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4138 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4140 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4141 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4145 move_it_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, to_y
, to_vpos
, op
)
4147 int to_charpos
, to_x
, to_y
, to_vpos
;
4150 enum move_it_result skip
, skip2
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
4155 if (op
& MOVE_TO_VPOS
)
4157 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4158 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4159 if ((op
& (MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_POS
)) == 0)
4161 if (it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
4163 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, -1, -1, 0);
4167 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4168 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4169 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
);
4171 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
|| it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
4173 else if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
&& it
->vpos
!= to_vpos
)
4175 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4176 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
,
4178 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
4183 else if (op
& MOVE_TO_Y
)
4185 struct it it_backup
;
4188 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4189 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4190 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4191 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4192 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4195 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4196 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4197 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4198 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4200 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
,
4204 | (op
& MOVE_TO_POS
)));
4206 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4207 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
4210 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4211 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4212 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4215 if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
)
4218 skip2
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, -1,
4222 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4223 line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
4225 if (to_y
>= it
->current_y
4226 && to_y
< it
->current_y
+ line_height
)
4228 if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
)
4229 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4230 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4231 to the ones before skipping. */
4235 else if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
)
4238 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
4246 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
4250 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
:
4253 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
:
4254 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
4255 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
4258 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
:
4259 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
4260 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
4261 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_POS
) != 0
4262 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > to_charpos
)
4266 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
:
4267 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
4274 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4275 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
4276 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
4277 it
->current_y
+= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
4279 last_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
4280 last_max_ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
4281 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
4287 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4289 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4290 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4291 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4292 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4293 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4296 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, dy
)
4300 int nlines
, h
, line_height
;
4302 int start_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4306 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4307 nlines
= max (1, dy
/ CANON_Y_UNIT (it
->f
));
4309 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4310 while (nlines
-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
4311 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
4313 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4314 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4315 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4316 use reseat_1 here. */
4317 reseat_1 (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
4319 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4320 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
4322 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4323 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4324 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4327 it2
.max_ascent
= it2
.max_descent
= 0;
4328 move_it_to (&it2
, start_pos
, -1, -1, it2
.vpos
+ 1,
4329 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
4330 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
4331 line_height
= it2
.max_ascent
+ it2
.max_descent
;
4332 move_it_to (&it2
, start_pos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
4333 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
4334 h
= it2
.current_y
- it
->current_y
;
4335 nlines
= it2
.vpos
- it
->vpos
;
4337 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
4343 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
4344 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
4346 move_it_by_lines (it
, nlines
, 1);
4347 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= start_pos
);
4351 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
4352 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
4353 int target_y
= it
->current_y
+ h
- dy
;
4355 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
4356 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
4357 if (target_y
< it
->current_y
4358 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
4360 move_it_vertically (it
, target_y
- it
->current_y
);
4361 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
4363 else if (target_y
>= it
->current_y
+ line_height
4364 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
)
4366 move_it_vertically (it
, target_y
- (it
->current_y
+ line_height
));
4367 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
4373 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
4374 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
4375 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
4378 move_it_vertically (it
, dy
)
4383 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, -dy
);
4386 move_it_to (it
, ZV
, -1, it
->current_y
+ dy
, -1,
4387 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
4389 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
4390 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
4391 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == ZV
4392 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) != '\n')
4393 move_it_by_lines (it
, 0, 0);
4398 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
4399 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
4403 invisible_text_between_p (it
, start_charpos
, end_charpos
)
4405 int start_charpos
, end_charpos
;
4407 #ifdef USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES
4408 Lisp_Object prop
, limit
;
4409 int invisible_found_p
;
4411 xassert (it
!= NULL
&& start_charpos
<= end_charpos
);
4413 /* Is text at START invisible? */
4414 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos
), Qinvisible
,
4416 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
))
4417 invisible_found_p
= 1;
4420 limit
= next_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos
),
4422 make_number (end_charpos
));
4423 invisible_found_p
= XFASTINT (limit
) < end_charpos
;
4426 return invisible_found_p
;
4428 #else /* not USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
4430 #endif /* not USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
4434 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
4435 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
4436 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
4437 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
4439 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
4440 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
4441 truncate-lines nil. */
4444 move_it_by_lines (it
, dvpos
, need_y_p
)
4446 int dvpos
, need_y_p
;
4448 struct position pos
;
4450 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4452 struct text_pos textpos
;
4454 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
4455 pos
= *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), dvpos
, it
->w
);
4456 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos
, pos
.bufpos
, pos
.bytepos
);
4457 reseat (it
, textpos
, 1);
4458 it
->vpos
+= pos
.vpos
;
4459 it
->current_y
+= pos
.vpos
;
4461 else if (dvpos
== 0)
4463 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
4464 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
4465 xassert (it
->current_x
== 0 && it
->hpos
== 0);
4469 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4470 selective display, try the simple method of moving forward
4471 DVPOS newlines, then see where we are. */
4472 if (!need_y_p
&& it
->truncate_lines_p
&& it
->selective
== 0)
4474 int shortage
= 0, charpos
;
4476 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) == '\n'))
4477 charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1;
4479 charpos
= scan_buffer ('\n', IT_CHARPOS (*it
), 0, dvpos
,
4482 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
), charpos
))
4484 struct text_pos pos
;
4485 CHARPOS (pos
) = charpos
;
4486 BYTEPOS (pos
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
4487 reseat (it
, pos
, 1);
4488 it
->vpos
+= dvpos
- shortage
;
4489 it
->hpos
= it
->current_x
= 0;
4494 move_it_to (it
, -1, -1, -1, it
->vpos
+ dvpos
, MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
4499 int start_charpos
, i
;
4501 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4502 selective display, try the simple method of moving backward
4504 if (!need_y_p
&& it
->truncate_lines_p
&& it
->selective
== 0)
4507 int charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4508 int bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
4510 /* If in the middle of a line, go to its start. */
4511 if (charpos
> BEGV
&& FETCH_BYTE (bytepos
- 1) != '\n')
4513 charpos
= find_next_newline_no_quit (charpos
, -1);
4514 bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
4517 if (charpos
== BEGV
)
4519 struct text_pos pos
;
4520 CHARPOS (pos
) = charpos
;
4521 BYTEPOS (pos
) = bytepos
;
4522 reseat (it
, pos
, 1);
4523 it
->hpos
= it
->current_x
= 0;
4528 charpos
= scan_buffer ('\n', charpos
- 1, 0, dvpos
, &shortage
, 0);
4529 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it
, charpos
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
)))
4531 struct text_pos pos
;
4532 CHARPOS (pos
) = charpos
;
4533 BYTEPOS (pos
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
4534 reseat (it
, pos
, 1);
4535 it
->vpos
+= dvpos
+ (shortage
? shortage
- 1 : 0);
4536 it
->hpos
= it
->current_x
= 0;
4542 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
4543 start_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4544 for (i
= -dvpos
; i
&& IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
; --i
)
4545 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
4546 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
4547 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
4549 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
4550 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
4552 it2
.vpos
= it2
.current_y
= 0;
4553 move_it_to (&it2
, start_charpos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
4554 it
->vpos
-= it2
.vpos
;
4555 it
->current_y
-= it2
.current_y
;
4556 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
4558 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
4559 if (it2
.vpos
> -dvpos
)
4561 int delta
= it2
.vpos
+ dvpos
;
4562 move_it_to (it
, -1, -1, -1, it
->vpos
+ delta
, MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
4569 /***********************************************************************
4571 ***********************************************************************/
4574 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
4578 add_to_log (format
, arg1
, arg2
)
4580 Lisp_Object arg1
, arg2
;
4582 Lisp_Object args
[3];
4583 Lisp_Object msg
, fmt
;
4586 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
4589 GCPRO4 (fmt
, msg
, arg1
, arg2
);
4591 args
[0] = fmt
= build_string (format
);
4594 msg
= Fformat (make_number (3), args
);
4596 len
= STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg
)) + 1;
4597 buffer
= (char *) alloca (len
);
4598 strcpy (buffer
, XSTRING (msg
)->data
);
4600 message_dolog (buffer
, len
, 1, 0);
4605 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
4608 message_log_maybe_newline ()
4610 if (message_log_need_newline
)
4611 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
4615 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
4616 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
4617 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
4618 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
4619 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
4622 message_dolog (m
, len
, nlflag
, multibyte
)
4624 int len
, nlflag
, multibyte
;
4626 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max
))
4628 struct buffer
*oldbuf
;
4629 Lisp_Object oldpoint
, oldbegv
, oldzv
;
4630 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed
= windows_or_buffers_changed
;
4631 int point_at_end
= 0;
4633 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark
, tem
;
4634 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
4636 old_deactivate_mark
= Vdeactivate_mark
;
4637 oldbuf
= current_buffer
;
4638 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (build_string ("*Messages*")));
4639 current_buffer
->undo_list
= Qt
;
4641 oldpoint
= Fpoint_marker ();
4642 oldbegv
= Fpoint_min_marker ();
4643 oldzv
= Fpoint_max_marker ();
4644 GCPRO4 (oldpoint
, oldbegv
, oldzv
, old_deactivate_mark
);
4652 BEGV_BYTE
= BEG_BYTE
;
4655 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
4657 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
4658 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
4660 && NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
4663 unsigned char work
[1];
4665 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
4666 for the *Message* buffer. */
4667 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
+= nbytes
)
4669 c
= string_char_and_length (m
+ i
, len
- i
, &nbytes
);
4670 work
[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
4672 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c
, Qnil
));
4673 insert_1_both (work
, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
4676 else if (! multibyte
4677 && ! NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
4680 unsigned char *msg
= (unsigned char *) m
;
4681 unsigned char *str
, work
[4];
4682 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
4683 for the *Message* buffer. */
4684 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
4686 c
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg
[i
]);
4687 nbytes
= CHAR_STRING (c
, work
, str
);
4688 insert_1_both (work
, 1, nbytes
, 1, 0, 0);
4692 insert_1 (m
, len
, 1, 0, 0);
4696 int this_bol
, this_bol_byte
, prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
, dup
;
4697 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
4699 scan_newline (Z
, Z_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, -2, 0);
4701 this_bol_byte
= PT_BYTE
;
4705 scan_newline (PT
, PT_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, -2, 0);
4707 prev_bol_byte
= PT_BYTE
;
4709 dup
= message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
,
4710 this_bol
, this_bol_byte
);
4713 del_range_both (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
,
4714 this_bol
, this_bol_byte
, 0);
4720 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
4721 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
4722 sprintf (dupstr
, " [%d times]", dup
);
4723 duplen
= strlen (dupstr
);
4724 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
- 1, Z_BYTE
- 1);
4725 insert_1 (dupstr
, duplen
, 1, 0, 1);
4730 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max
))
4732 scan_newline (Z
, Z_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
,
4733 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max
) - 1, 0);
4734 del_range_both (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, 0);
4737 BEGV
= XMARKER (oldbegv
)->charpos
;
4738 BEGV_BYTE
= marker_byte_position (oldbegv
);
4747 ZV
= XMARKER (oldzv
)->charpos
;
4748 ZV_BYTE
= marker_byte_position (oldzv
);
4752 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
4754 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
4756 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint
)->charpos
,
4757 XMARKER (oldpoint
)->bytepos
);
4760 free_marker (oldpoint
);
4761 free_marker (oldbegv
);
4762 free_marker (oldzv
);
4764 tem
= Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt
);
4765 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf
);
4767 windows_or_buffers_changed
= old_windows_or_buffers_changed
;
4768 message_log_need_newline
= !nlflag
;
4769 Vdeactivate_mark
= old_deactivate_mark
;
4774 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
4775 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
4776 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
4777 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
4778 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
4781 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
, this_bol
, this_bol_byte
)
4782 int prev_bol
, this_bol
;
4783 int prev_bol_byte
, this_bol_byte
;
4786 int len
= Z_BYTE
- 1 - this_bol_byte
;
4788 unsigned char *p1
= BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer
, prev_bol_byte
);
4789 unsigned char *p2
= BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer
, this_bol_byte
);
4791 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
4793 if (i
>= 3 && p1
[i
-3] == '.' && p1
[i
-2] == '.' && p1
[i
-1] == '.'
4802 if (*p1
++ == ' ' && *p1
++ == '[')
4805 while (*p1
>= '0' && *p1
<= '9')
4806 n
= n
* 10 + *p1
++ - '0';
4807 if (strncmp (p1
, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
4814 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
4815 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
4816 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4818 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4819 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
4820 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
4821 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
4824 message2 (m
, len
, multibyte
)
4829 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4830 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4832 message_dolog (m
, len
, 1, multibyte
);
4833 message2_nolog (m
, len
, multibyte
);
4837 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
4840 message2_nolog (m
, len
, multibyte
)
4844 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4845 message_enable_multibyte
= multibyte
;
4849 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
4850 putc ('\n', stderr
);
4851 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
4853 fwrite (m
, len
, 1, stderr
);
4854 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
4855 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
4858 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4859 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4860 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4861 else if (INTERACTIVE
4862 && sf
->glyphs_initialized_p
4863 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
4865 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
4868 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4869 that the selected frame is using. */
4870 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
4871 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
4873 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
4874 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
4875 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
4876 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
4880 set_message (m
, Qnil
, len
, multibyte
);
4881 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
4882 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
4885 clear_message (1, 1);
4887 do_pending_window_change (0);
4888 echo_area_display (1);
4889 do_pending_window_change (0);
4890 if (frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0 && ! gc_in_progress
)
4891 (*frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
4896 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
4897 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
4898 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
4899 text show through. */
4902 message3 (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
4907 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
4911 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4912 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4914 message_dolog (XSTRING (m
)->data
, nbytes
, 1, multibyte
);
4915 message3_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
4921 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
4924 message3_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
4926 int nbytes
, multibyte
;
4928 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4929 message_enable_multibyte
= multibyte
;
4933 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
4934 putc ('\n', stderr
);
4935 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
4937 fwrite (XSTRING (m
)->data
, nbytes
, 1, stderr
);
4938 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
4939 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
4942 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4943 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4944 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4945 else if (INTERACTIVE
4946 && sf
->glyphs_initialized_p
4947 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
4949 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
4953 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4954 that the selected frame is using. */
4955 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
4956 frame
= XWINDOW (mini_window
)->frame
;
4959 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
4960 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
4961 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
4962 Fmake_frame_visible (frame
);
4964 if (STRINGP (m
) && XSTRING (m
)->size
)
4966 set_message (NULL
, m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
4967 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
4968 Fraise_frame (frame
);
4971 clear_message (1, 1);
4973 do_pending_window_change (0);
4974 echo_area_display (1);
4975 do_pending_window_change (0);
4976 if (frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0 && ! gc_in_progress
)
4977 (*frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
4982 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
4983 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4985 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4986 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
4987 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
4988 that was alloca'd. */
4994 message2 (m
, (m
? strlen (m
) : 0), 0);
4998 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5004 message2_nolog (m
, (m
? strlen (m
) : 0), 0);
5007 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5008 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5011 message_with_string (m
, string
, log
)
5020 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
5021 putc ('\n', stderr
);
5022 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
5023 fprintf (stderr
, m
, XSTRING (string
)->data
);
5024 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
5025 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
5029 else if (INTERACTIVE
)
5031 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5032 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5033 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5034 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
5035 struct frame
*f
, *sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5037 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5038 that the selected frame is using. */
5039 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
5040 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
5042 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5043 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5044 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5045 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
))
5049 a
[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string
)->data
;
5051 len
= doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
),
5052 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
), m
, (char *)0, 3, a
);
5055 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
), len
,
5056 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
));
5058 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
), len
,
5059 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
));
5061 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5062 buffer next time. */
5063 message_buf_print
= 0;
5069 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5070 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5074 message (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
)
5076 EMACS_INT a1
, a2
, a3
;
5082 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
5083 putc ('\n', stderr
);
5084 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
5085 fprintf (stderr
, m
, a1
, a2
, a3
);
5086 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
5087 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
5091 else if (INTERACTIVE
)
5093 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5094 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5095 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5096 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
5097 struct frame
*f
, *sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5099 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5100 that the selected frame is using. */
5101 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
5102 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
5104 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5105 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5106 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5108 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
))
5119 len
= doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
),
5120 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
), m
, (char *)0, 3, a
);
5122 len
= doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
),
5123 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
), m
, (char *)0, 3,
5125 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5127 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
), len
, 0);
5132 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5133 buffer next time. */
5134 message_buf_print
= 0;
5140 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5143 message_nolog (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
)
5145 EMACS_INT a1
, a2
, a3
;
5147 Lisp_Object old_log_max
;
5148 old_log_max
= Vmessage_log_max
;
5149 Vmessage_log_max
= Qnil
;
5150 message (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
);
5151 Vmessage_log_max
= old_log_max
;
5155 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5156 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5162 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
5165 string
= Fcurrent_message ();
5166 message3 (string
, XSTRING (string
)->size
,
5167 !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
));
5172 /* Call FN with args A1..A5 with either the current or last displayed
5173 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5175 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5176 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5177 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5179 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5180 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5182 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5183 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5184 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5186 Value is what FN returns. */
5189 with_echo_area_buffer (w
, which
, fn
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
)
5193 int a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
;
5196 int i
, this_one
, the_other
, clear_buffer_p
, rc
;
5197 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
5199 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5200 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
5201 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer
[i
])
5202 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer
[i
])->name
))
5205 sprintf (name
, " *Echo Area %d*", i
);
5206 echo_buffer
[i
] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name
));
5212 this_one
= 0, the_other
= 1;
5214 this_one
= 1, the_other
= 0;
5217 this_one
= 0, the_other
= 1;
5220 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5221 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5222 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
])
5223 && EQ (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
], echo_area_buffer
[the_other
]))
5224 echo_area_buffer
[this_one
] = Qnil
;
5227 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5229 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
]))
5231 echo_area_buffer
[this_one
]
5232 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[the_other
], echo_buffer
[this_one
])
5233 ? echo_buffer
[the_other
]
5234 : echo_buffer
[this_one
]);
5238 buffer
= echo_area_buffer
[this_one
];
5240 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer
,
5241 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w
));
5243 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5244 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5245 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5246 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5247 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5248 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5250 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
5254 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, buffer
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
5256 current_buffer
->truncate_lines
= Qnil
;
5257 current_buffer
->undo_list
= Qt
;
5258 current_buffer
->read_only
= Qnil
;
5260 if (clear_buffer_p
&& Z
> BEG
)
5263 xassert (BEGV
>= BEG
);
5264 xassert (ZV
<= Z
&& ZV
>= BEGV
);
5266 rc
= fn (a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
);
5268 xassert (BEGV
>= BEG
);
5269 xassert (ZV
<= Z
&& ZV
>= BEGV
);
5271 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
5276 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5277 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5280 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w
)
5286 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5287 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5288 vector
= Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
;
5289 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= Qnil
;
5292 vector
= Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil
);
5294 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
], current_buffer
); ++i
;
5295 XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
++] = Vdeactivate_mark
;
5296 XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed
);
5300 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
], w
); ++i
;
5301 XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
++] = w
->buffer
;
5302 XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
++]
5303 = make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
);
5304 XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
++]
5305 = make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->bytepos
);
5311 XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
++] = Qnil
;
5314 xassert (i
== XVECTOR (vector
)->size
);
5319 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5320 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5323 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector
)
5328 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
])); ++i
;
5329 Vdeactivate_mark
= XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
]; ++i
;
5330 windows_or_buffers_changed
= XFASTINT (XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
]); ++i
;
5332 if (WINDOWP (XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
]))
5335 Lisp_Object buffer
, charpos
, bytepos
;
5337 w
= XWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
]); ++i
;
5338 buffer
= XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
]; ++i
;
5339 charpos
= XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
]; ++i
;
5340 bytepos
= XVECTOR (vector
)->contents
[i
]; ++i
;
5343 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, buffer
,
5344 XFASTINT (charpos
), XFASTINT (bytepos
));
5347 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= vector
;
5352 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
5353 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
5356 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p
)
5359 if (!message_buf_print
)
5361 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
5362 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
5363 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[1], echo_buffer
[0]))
5364 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1];
5366 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[0];
5368 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
5369 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]));
5372 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
5374 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
5376 != !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
5377 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
5379 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
5380 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
5382 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5383 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
5384 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
5385 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
5388 message_buf_print
= 1;
5390 else if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
5391 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
5392 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]));
5396 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
5397 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
5398 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
5399 display the current message. */
5402 display_echo_area (w
)
5405 int i
, no_message_p
, window_height_changed_p
;
5407 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
5408 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
5409 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
5410 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
5411 i
= display_last_displayed_message_p
? 1 : 0;
5412 no_message_p
= NILP (echo_area_buffer
[i
]);
5414 window_height_changed_p
5415 = with_echo_area_buffer (w
, display_last_displayed_message_p
,
5416 (int (*) ()) display_echo_area_1
, w
);
5419 echo_area_buffer
[i
] = Qnil
;
5421 return window_height_changed_p
;
5425 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
5426 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window.
5427 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
5428 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
5431 display_echo_area_1 (w
)
5435 struct text_pos start
;
5436 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
5438 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
5439 matrix for the display. */
5440 window_height_changed_p
= resize_mini_window (w
, 0);
5443 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
5444 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5445 SET_TEXT_POS (start
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
5446 try_window (window
, start
);
5448 return window_height_changed_p
;
5452 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
5453 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
5456 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
5458 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer
[0])
5459 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window
))
5461 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (echo_area_window
);
5464 resized_p
= with_echo_area_buffer (w
, 0,
5465 (int (*) ()) resize_mini_window
,
5469 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
5470 ++update_mode_lines
;
5471 redisplay_internal (0);
5477 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
5478 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
5479 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
5480 the window height has been changed. */
5483 resize_mini_window (w
, exact_p
)
5487 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5488 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
5490 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
));
5492 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
5493 if (NILP (Vmax_mini_window_height
)
5494 || (FRAME_X_P (f
) && f
->output_data
.x
== NULL
))
5497 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
5500 struct window
*root
= XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
5501 int total_height
= XFASTINT (root
->height
) + XFASTINT (w
->height
);
5502 int height
, max_height
;
5503 int unit
= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
5504 struct text_pos start
;
5506 init_iterator (&it
, w
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
5508 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
5509 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height
))
5510 max_height
= XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height
) * total_height
;
5511 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height
))
5512 max_height
= XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height
);
5514 max_height
= total_height
/ 4;
5516 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
5517 max_height
= max (1, max_height
);
5518 max_height
= min (total_height
, max_height
);
5520 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
5521 move_it_to (&it
, ZV
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
5522 height
= (unit
- 1 + it
.current_y
+ last_height
) / unit
;
5523 height
= max (1, height
);
5525 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
5526 if (height
> max_height
)
5528 height
= max_height
;
5529 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
5530 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, (height
- 1) * unit
);
5531 start
= it
.current
.pos
;
5534 SET_TEXT_POS (start
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
5535 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, start
);
5537 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
5538 case the window shrinks again. */
5539 if (height
> XFASTINT (w
->height
))
5541 int old_height
= XFASTINT (w
->height
);
5542 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
5543 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- XFASTINT (w
->height
));
5544 window_height_changed_p
= XFASTINT (w
->height
) != old_height
;
5546 else if (height
< XFASTINT (w
->height
)
5547 && (exact_p
|| BEGV
== ZV
))
5549 int old_height
= XFASTINT (w
->height
);
5550 freeze_window_starts (f
, 0);
5551 shrink_mini_window (w
);
5552 window_height_changed_p
= XFASTINT (w
->height
) != old_height
;
5556 return window_height_changed_p
;
5560 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
5568 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
5572 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) current_message_1
, &msg
);
5574 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
5582 current_message_1 (msg
)
5586 *msg
= make_buffer_string (BEG
, Z
, 1);
5593 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
5594 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
5595 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
5596 worth optimizing. */
5602 msg
= current_message ();
5603 Vmessage_stack
= Fcons (msg
, Vmessage_stack
);
5604 return STRINGP (msg
);
5608 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
5615 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack
));
5616 msg
= XCAR (Vmessage_stack
);
5618 message3_nolog (msg
, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg
)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg
));
5620 message3_nolog (msg
, 0, 0);
5624 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
5629 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack
));
5630 Vmessage_stack
= XCDR (Vmessage_stack
);
5634 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
5635 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
5639 check_message_stack ()
5641 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack
))
5646 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
5647 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
5650 truncate_echo_area (nchars
)
5654 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
5655 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5656 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5657 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5658 else if (!noninteractive
5660 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
5662 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5663 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
5664 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) truncate_message_1
, nchars
);
5669 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
5670 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
5673 truncate_message_1 (nchars
)
5676 if (BEG
+ nchars
< Z
)
5677 del_range (BEG
+ nchars
, Z
);
5679 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
5684 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
5686 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
5687 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
5688 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
5690 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
5691 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
5692 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
5695 set_message (s
, string
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
)
5700 message_enable_multibyte
5701 = ((s
&& multibyte_p
)
5702 || (STRINGP (string
) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
)));
5704 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, (int (*) ()) set_message_1
,
5705 s
, string
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
);
5706 message_buf_print
= 0;
5710 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
5711 as there. This function is called with the echo area buffer being
5715 set_message_1 (s
, string
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
)
5718 int nbytes
, multibyte_p
;
5722 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
5723 if (message_enable_multibyte
5724 != !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
5725 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte
? Qt
: Qnil
);
5727 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
5728 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
5730 if (STRINGP (string
))
5735 nbytes
= XSTRING (string
)->size_byte
;
5736 nchars
= string_byte_to_char (string
, nbytes
);
5738 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
5739 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
5740 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
5741 insert_from_string (string
, 0, 0, nchars
, nbytes
, 1);
5746 nbytes
= strlen (s
);
5748 if (multibyte_p
&& NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
5750 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
5752 unsigned char work
[1];
5754 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
5755 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= n
)
5757 c
= string_char_and_length (s
+ i
, nbytes
- i
, &n
);
5758 work
[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
5760 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c
, Qnil
));
5761 insert_1_both (work
, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5764 else if (!multibyte_p
5765 && !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
5767 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
5769 unsigned char *msg
= (unsigned char *) s
;
5770 unsigned char *str
, work
[4];
5772 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
5773 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
5775 c
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg
[i
]);
5776 n
= CHAR_STRING (c
, work
, str
);
5777 insert_1_both (work
, 1, n
, 1, 0, 0);
5781 insert_1 (s
, nbytes
, 1, 0, 0);
5788 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
5789 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
5793 clear_message (current_p
, last_displayed_p
)
5794 int current_p
, last_displayed_p
;
5797 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
5799 if (last_displayed_p
)
5800 echo_area_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
5802 message_buf_print
= 0;
5805 /* Clear garbaged frames.
5807 This function is used where the old redisplay called
5808 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
5809 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
5810 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
5811 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
5812 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
5815 clear_garbaged_frames ()
5819 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5821 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5823 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
5825 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5827 clear_current_matrices (f
);
5833 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
5838 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
5839 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
5840 mini-windows height has been changed. */
5843 echo_area_display (update_frame_p
)
5846 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
5849 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
5850 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5852 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
5853 w
= XWINDOW (mini_window
);
5854 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
5856 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
5857 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
5860 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
5861 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
5862 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
5863 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
5864 if (EQ (selected_frame
, Vterminal_frame
)
5865 && !NILP (Vwindow_system
))
5867 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
5869 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
5871 clear_garbaged_frames ();
5873 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]) || minibuf_level
== 0)
5875 echo_area_window
= mini_window
;
5876 window_height_changed_p
= display_echo_area (w
);
5877 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
5881 /* Not called from redisplay_internal. If we changed
5882 window configuration, we must redisplay thoroughly.
5883 Otherwise, we can do with updating what we displayed
5885 if (window_height_changed_p
)
5887 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
5888 ++update_mode_lines
;
5889 redisplay_internal (0);
5891 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
5893 update_single_window (w
, 1);
5894 rif
->flush_display (f
);
5897 update_frame (f
, 1, 1);
5900 else if (!EQ (mini_window
, selected_window
))
5901 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
5903 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
5904 echo_area_buffer
[1] = echo_area_buffer
[0];
5906 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
5907 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
5908 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
5909 if (EQ (mini_window
, selected_window
))
5910 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
5912 return window_height_changed_p
;
5917 /***********************************************************************
5919 ***********************************************************************/
5922 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5924 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
5925 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
5927 static char *frame_title_buf
;
5929 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
5931 static char *frame_title_buf_end
;
5932 static char *frame_title_ptr
;
5935 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
5936 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
5939 store_frame_title_char (c
)
5942 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
5943 double the buffer's size. */
5944 if (frame_title_ptr
== frame_title_buf_end
)
5946 int len
= frame_title_ptr
- frame_title_buf
;
5947 int new_size
= 2 * len
* sizeof *frame_title_buf
;
5948 frame_title_buf
= (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf
, new_size
);
5949 frame_title_buf_end
= frame_title_buf
+ new_size
;
5950 frame_title_ptr
= frame_title_buf
+ len
;
5953 *frame_title_ptr
++ = c
;
5957 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
5958 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
5959 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
5960 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
5961 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
5962 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
5966 store_frame_title (str
, field_width
, precision
)
5968 int field_width
, precision
;
5972 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
5973 while ((precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
)
5976 store_frame_title_char (*str
++);
5980 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
5981 while (field_width
> 0
5984 store_frame_title_char (' ');
5992 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
5993 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
5994 frame_title_format. */
5997 x_consider_frame_title (frame
)
6000 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
6002 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
6003 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
)
6004 || f
->explicit_name
)
6006 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6009 struct buffer
*obuf
;
6013 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
6015 struct frame
*tf
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
));
6018 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf
) == FRAME_KBOARD (f
)
6019 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf
)
6020 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf
)))
6024 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6025 multiple_frames
= CONSP (tail
);
6027 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6028 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6029 then display the title. */
6030 obuf
= current_buffer
;
6031 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)->buffer
);
6032 fmt
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) ? Vicon_title_format
: Vframe_title_format
;
6033 frame_title_ptr
= frame_title_buf
;
6034 init_iterator (&it
, XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
), -1, -1,
6035 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
6036 len
= display_mode_element (&it
, 0, -1, -1, fmt
);
6037 frame_title_ptr
= NULL
;
6038 set_buffer_internal (obuf
);
6040 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6041 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6042 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6043 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6044 higher level than this.) */
6045 if (! STRINGP (f
->name
)
6046 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f
->name
)) != len
6047 || bcmp (frame_title_buf
, XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
, len
) != 0)
6048 x_implicitly_set_name (f
, make_string (frame_title_buf
, len
), Qnil
);
6052 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6054 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6055 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6057 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6062 /***********************************************************************
6064 ***********************************************************************/
6067 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6068 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6071 prepare_menu_bars ()
6074 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
6076 struct frame
*tooltip_frame
;
6078 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6079 tooltip_frame
= tip_frame
;
6081 tooltip_frame
= NULL
;
6084 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6085 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6086 up-to-date frame titles. */
6087 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6088 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
|| update_mode_lines
)
6090 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
6092 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
6095 if (f
!= tooltip_frame
6096 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)))
6097 x_consider_frame_title (frame
);
6100 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6102 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6103 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6104 all_windows
= (update_mode_lines
6105 || buffer_shared
> 1
6106 || windows_or_buffers_changed
);
6109 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
6110 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
6112 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data
, Fmatch_data (Qnil
, Qnil
));
6114 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
6118 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6119 if (f
== tooltip_frame
)
6122 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6123 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6124 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f
))
6126 Lisp_Object functions
;
6128 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6129 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f
) = 0;
6130 functions
= Vwindow_size_change_functions
;
6131 GCPRO2 (tail
, functions
);
6133 while (CONSP (functions
))
6135 call1 (XCAR (functions
), frame
);
6136 functions
= XCDR (functions
);
6142 update_menu_bar (f
, 0);
6143 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6144 update_tool_bar (f
, 0);
6149 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
6153 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
6154 update_menu_bar (sf
, 1);
6155 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6156 update_tool_bar (sf
, 1);
6160 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6161 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6162 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6163 pending_menu_activation
= 0;
6168 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6169 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6172 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6175 update_menu_bar (f
, save_match_data
)
6177 int save_match_data
;
6180 register struct window
*w
;
6182 window
= FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
);
6183 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6185 if (update_mode_lines
)
6186 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
6188 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
6190 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6191 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
)
6193 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0
6195 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0)
6197 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6198 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6199 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6200 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6201 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6202 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6203 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6204 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6205 || !NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
6206 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
6207 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
6208 != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
6209 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
6210 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
6211 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
)))
6213 struct buffer
*prev
= current_buffer
;
6214 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
6216 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
6217 if (save_match_data
)
6218 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data
, Fmatch_data (Qnil
, Qnil
));
6219 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
))
6221 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
, Qnil
);
6222 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map
, Qnil
);
6225 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
6226 call1 (Vrun_hooks
, Qactivate_menubar_hook
);
6228 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
6229 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
6230 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag
))
6231 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar
);
6233 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook
);
6234 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f
) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f
));
6236 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
6237 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6238 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
6239 set_frame_menubar (f
, 0, 0);
6241 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6242 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6243 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
6244 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6245 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6246 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6247 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
6248 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6250 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
6251 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev
);
6258 /***********************************************************************
6260 ***********************************************************************/
6262 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6264 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6265 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
6266 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
6267 and restore it here. */
6270 update_tool_bar (f
, save_match_data
)
6272 int save_match_data
;
6274 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6275 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->height
) > 0)
6280 window
= FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
);
6281 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6283 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6284 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6285 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6286 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6287 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6288 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6289 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6290 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6291 || !NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
6292 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
6293 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
6294 != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
6295 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
6296 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
6297 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
)))
6299 struct buffer
*prev
= current_buffer
;
6300 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
6302 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
6303 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
6305 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
6307 /* Save match data, if we must. */
6308 if (save_match_data
)
6309 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data
, Fmatch_data (Qnil
, Qnil
));
6311 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
6312 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
))
6314 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
, Qnil
);
6315 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map
, Qnil
);
6318 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
6319 f
->desired_tool_bar_items
6320 = tool_bar_items (f
->desired_tool_bar_items
,
6321 &f
->n_desired_tool_bar_items
);
6323 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
6324 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
6326 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
6327 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev
);
6333 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
6334 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->desired_tool_bar_items must have
6335 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
6338 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
)
6341 int i
, size
, size_needed
, string_idx
;
6342 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
;
6343 Lisp_Object image
, plist
, props
;
6345 image
= plist
= props
= Qnil
;
6346 GCPRO3 (image
, plist
, props
);
6348 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
6349 Otherwise, make a new string. */
6351 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
6352 size
= (STRINGP (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
)
6353 ? XSTRING (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
)->size
6356 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
6357 and there is a space at the end. */
6358 size_needed
= f
->n_desired_tool_bar_items
+ 1;
6360 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
6361 if (size
< size_needed
)
6362 f
->desired_tool_bar_string
= Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed
), ' ');
6365 props
= list4 (Qdisplay
, Qnil
, Qmenu_item
, Qnil
);
6366 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size
),
6367 props
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
6370 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
6371 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
6372 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
6373 for (i
= 0, string_idx
= 0;
6374 i
< f
->n_desired_tool_bar_items
;
6375 ++i
, string_idx
+= 1)
6378 (XVECTOR (f->desired_tool_bar_items) \
6379 ->contents[i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)])
6381 int enabled_p
= !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
));
6382 int selected_p
= !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P
));
6384 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief
, QCmargin
, QCalgorithm
, Qimage
;
6385 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace
;
6387 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
6389 image
= PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES
);
6390 if (VECTORP (image
))
6392 enum tool_bar_item_image idx
;
6396 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
6397 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED
);
6400 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
6401 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED
);
6403 xassert (XVECTOR (image
)->size
>= idx
);
6404 image
= XVECTOR (image
)->contents
[idx
];
6407 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
6408 if (!valid_image_p (image
))
6411 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
6412 plist
= Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image
));
6414 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
6415 relief
= tool_bar_button_relief
> 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: 3;
6416 margin
= relief
+ max (0, tool_bar_button_margin
);
6418 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
)
6420 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
6424 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCrelief
, make_number (-relief
));
6430 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
6431 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
6433 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCrelief
,
6435 ? make_number (-relief
)
6436 : make_number (relief
)));
6440 /* Put a margin around the image. */
6442 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCmargin
, make_number (margin
));
6444 /* If button is not enabled, make the image appear disabled by
6445 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
6447 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCalgorithm
, Qlaplace
);
6449 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
6450 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
6451 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
6453 image
= Fcons (Qimage
, plist
);
6454 props
= list4 (Qdisplay
, image
,
6455 Qmenu_item
, make_number (i
* TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS
)),
6456 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx
),
6457 make_number (string_idx
+ 1),
6458 props
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
6466 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
6469 display_tool_bar_line (it
)
6472 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
6473 int max_x
= it
->last_visible_x
;
6476 prepare_desired_row (row
);
6477 row
->y
= it
->current_y
;
6479 while (it
->current_x
< max_x
)
6481 int x_before
, x
, n_glyphs_before
, i
, nglyphs
;
6483 /* Get the next display element. */
6484 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
6487 /* Produce glyphs. */
6488 x_before
= it
->current_x
;
6489 n_glyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
6490 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
6492 nglyphs
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
6497 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
6499 if (x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> max_x
)
6501 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
6502 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
6508 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6512 /* Stop at line ends. */
6513 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
6516 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
6521 row
->displays_text_p
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] != 0;
6522 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
6523 last
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
6524 last
->right_box_line_p
= 1;
6525 compute_line_metrics (it
);
6527 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
6528 if (!row
->displays_text_p
)
6530 row
->height
= row
->phys_height
= it
->last_visible_y
- row
->y
;
6531 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
= 0;
6534 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
6535 row
->continued_p
= 0;
6536 row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 0;
6537 row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 0;
6539 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
6540 it
->current_y
+= row
->height
;
6546 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
6547 items of frame F visible. */
6550 tool_bar_lines_needed (f
)
6553 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
6556 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
6557 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
6558 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, w
->desired_matrix
->rows
, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
);
6559 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
6560 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
6561 reseat_to_string (&it
, NULL
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6563 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it
))
6565 it
.glyph_row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
;
6566 clear_glyph_row (it
.glyph_row
);
6567 display_tool_bar_line (&it
);
6570 return (it
.current_y
+ CANON_Y_UNIT (f
) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
6574 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
6575 height should be changed. */
6578 redisplay_tool_bar (f
)
6583 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6584 int change_height_p
= 0;
6586 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
6587 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
6588 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
6589 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
6590 if (!WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6591 || (w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
),
6592 XFASTINT (w
->height
) == 0))
6595 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
6596 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, w
->desired_matrix
->rows
, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
);
6597 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
6598 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
6601 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
6602 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
);
6603 reseat_to_string (&it
, NULL
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6605 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
6606 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
6607 display_tool_bar_line (&it
);
6609 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
6610 window, so don't do it. */
6611 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
6612 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
6614 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p
)
6618 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
6619 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
6620 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
6621 row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
6622 if (!row
->displays_text_p
6623 && row
->height
>= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
))
6624 change_height_p
= 1;
6626 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
6627 change the tool-bar's height. */
6628 if (row
->displays_text_p
6629 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > it
.last_visible_y
)
6630 change_height_p
= 1;
6632 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
6635 && (nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
),
6636 nlines
!= XFASTINT (w
->height
)))
6638 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines
;
6641 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6642 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
6643 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
,
6644 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines
,
6645 make_number (nlines
)),
6647 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
6651 return change_height_p
;
6655 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
6656 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
6657 properties start in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
6658 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
6661 tool_bar_item_info (f
, glyph
, prop_idx
)
6663 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6669 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
6670 property is the start index of this item's properties in
6671 F->current_tool_bar_items. */
6672 prop
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6673 Qmenu_item
, f
->current_tool_bar_string
);
6674 if (INTEGERP (prop
))
6676 *prop_idx
= XINT (prop
);
6685 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6689 /************************************************************************
6690 Horizontal scrolling
6691 ************************************************************************/
6693 static int hscroll_window_tree
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
6694 static int hscroll_windows
P_ ((Lisp_Object
));
6696 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
6697 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
6698 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
6699 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
6703 hscroll_window_tree (window
)
6706 int hscrolled_p
= 0;
6708 while (WINDOWP (window
))
6710 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6712 if (WINDOWP (w
->hchild
))
6713 hscrolled_p
|= hscroll_window_tree (w
->hchild
);
6714 else if (WINDOWP (w
->vchild
))
6715 hscrolled_p
|= hscroll_window_tree (w
->vchild
);
6716 else if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0)
6718 int hscroll_margin
, text_area_x
, text_area_y
;
6719 int text_area_width
, text_area_height
;
6720 struct glyph_row
*current_cursor_row
6721 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
6722 struct glyph_row
*desired_cursor_row
6723 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
6724 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
6725 = (desired_cursor_row
->enabled_p
6726 ? desired_cursor_row
6727 : current_cursor_row
);
6729 window_box (w
, TEXT_AREA
, &text_area_x
, &text_area_y
,
6730 &text_area_width
, &text_area_height
);
6732 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
6733 hscroll_margin
= 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
6735 if ((XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
)
6736 && w
->cursor
.x
< hscroll_margin
)
6737 || (cursor_row
->enabled_p
6738 && cursor_row
->truncated_on_right_p
6739 && (w
->cursor
.x
> text_area_width
- hscroll_margin
)))
6743 struct buffer
*saved_current_buffer
;
6746 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
6747 saved_current_buffer
= current_buffer
;
6748 current_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
6750 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
6751 pt
= BUF_PT (current_buffer
);
6754 pt
= marker_position (w
->pointm
);
6755 pt
= max (BEGV
, pt
);
6759 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
6760 a line with infinite width. */
6761 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, cursor_row
);
6762 it
.last_visible_x
= INFINITY
;
6763 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it
, pt
, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
6764 current_buffer
= saved_current_buffer
;
6766 /* Center cursor in window. */
6767 hscroll
= (max (0, it
.current_x
- text_area_width
/ 2)
6768 / CANON_X_UNIT (it
.f
));
6770 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
6771 changed because it will prevent redisplay
6773 if (XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) != hscroll
)
6775 Fset_window_hscroll (window
, make_number (hscroll
));
6784 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
6789 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
6790 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
6791 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
6792 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
6793 of WINDOW are cleared. */
6796 hscroll_windows (window
)
6799 int hscrolled_p
= hscroll_window_tree (window
);
6801 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window
))));
6807 /************************************************************************
6809 ************************************************************************/
6811 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
6812 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
6817 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
6819 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
6820 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
;
6822 /* Delta vpos and y. */
6824 int debug_dvpos
, debug_dy
;
6826 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
6828 int debug_delta
, debug_delta_bytes
;
6830 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
6833 int debug_end_pos
, debug_end_vpos
;
6835 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
6836 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
6837 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
6838 resulting string to stderr. */
6841 debug_method_add (w
, fmt
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
)
6844 int a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
;
6847 char *method
= w
->desired_matrix
->method
;
6848 int len
= strlen (method
);
6849 int size
= sizeof w
->desired_matrix
->method
;
6850 int remaining
= size
- len
- 1;
6852 sprintf (buffer
, fmt
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
);
6853 if (len
&& remaining
)
6859 strncpy (method
+ len
, buffer
, remaining
);
6861 if (trace_redisplay_p
)
6862 fprintf (stderr
, "%p (%s): %s\n",
6864 ((BUFFERP (w
->buffer
)
6865 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->name
))
6866 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->name
)->data
6871 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
6874 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
6875 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
6876 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
6879 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
6880 static int clear_face_cache_count
;
6882 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
6884 static struct frame
*previous_terminal_frame
;
6886 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
6891 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
6892 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
6893 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
6894 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
6897 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w
, start
, end
)
6901 int unchanged_p
= 1;
6903 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
6904 if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
6905 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
6907 /* Gap in the line? */
6908 if (GPT
< start
|| Z
- GPT
< end
)
6911 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
6913 && (BEG_UNCHANGED
< start
- 1
6914 || END_UNCHANGED
< end
))
6917 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
6918 beginning of the line. */
6920 && INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
6921 && XINT (current_buffer
->selective_display
) > 0
6922 && (BEG_UNCHANGED
< start
|| GPT
<= start
))
6930 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
6931 the main external entry point for redisplay.
6933 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
6934 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
6935 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
6940 redisplay_internal (0);
6944 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
6948 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, b
)
6952 if (b
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
)
6953 b
->clip_changed
= 1;
6954 else if (b
->clip_changed
6955 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
6956 && w
->current_matrix
->buffer
== b
6957 && w
->current_matrix
->zv
== BUF_ZV (b
)
6958 && w
->current_matrix
->begv
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
6959 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
6963 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
6964 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
6965 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
6966 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
6967 causes some problems. */
6970 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area
)
6971 int preserve_echo_area
;
6973 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
6974 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6976 int must_finish
= 0;
6977 struct text_pos tlbufpos
, tlendpos
;
6978 int number_of_visible_frames
;
6980 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
6982 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
6983 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
6984 int consider_all_windows_p
;
6986 TRACE ((stderr
, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p
));
6988 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
6989 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
6990 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
6992 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
)
6993 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
6996 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
6997 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
6998 update necessary. */
6999 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p
)
7001 redisplay_performed_directly_p
= 0;
7002 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window
))
7006 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7007 if (popup_activated ())
7011 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7015 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7016 when we leave this function. */
7017 count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
7018 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay
, make_number (redisplaying_p
));
7023 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, current_buffer
);
7025 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7026 necessary, do it. */
7027 if (fonts_changed_p
)
7029 adjust_glyphs (NULL
);
7030 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
7031 fonts_changed_p
= 0;
7034 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf
)
7035 && previous_terminal_frame
!= sf
)
7037 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7038 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7040 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
7041 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf
);
7042 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame
, sf
);
7044 previous_terminal_frame
= sf
;
7046 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7047 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7048 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7049 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7051 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7053 number_of_visible_frames
= 0;
7055 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7057 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7059 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
7060 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
7061 ++number_of_visible_frames
;
7062 clear_desired_matrices (f
);
7066 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7067 do_pending_window_change (1);
7069 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7071 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7073 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7074 prepare_menu_bars ();
7076 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
7077 update_mode_lines
++;
7079 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7080 if ((SAVE_MODIFF
< MODIFF
) != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
7082 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
7083 if (buffer_shared
> 1)
7084 update_mode_lines
++;
7087 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7088 if (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
7089 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7090 where no change is needed. */
7091 && !(PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
7092 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
7093 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
7094 && XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
) != current_column ())
7095 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
7097 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) = -1;
7099 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7100 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7102 consider_all_windows_p
= update_mode_lines
|| buffer_shared
> 1;
7104 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7105 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7106 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position
), last_arrow_position
)
7107 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string
, last_arrow_string
))
7108 consider_all_windows_p
= windows_or_buffers_changed
= 1;
7110 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7111 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7112 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7113 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7114 the echo area should be cleared. */
7115 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[1]))
7117 int window_height_changed_p
= echo_area_display (0);
7120 if (fonts_changed_p
)
7122 else if (window_height_changed_p
)
7124 consider_all_windows_p
= 1;
7125 ++update_mode_lines
;
7126 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
7128 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7129 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7130 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7132 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7135 else if (w
== XWINDOW (minibuf_window
)
7136 && (current_buffer
->clip_changed
7137 || XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
7138 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
7139 && resize_mini_window (w
, 0))
7141 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
7142 showing if its contents might have changed. */
7144 consider_all_windows_p
= 1;
7145 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
7146 ++update_mode_lines
;
7148 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7149 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7150 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7152 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7156 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
7157 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
7158 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
7159 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
7160 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
7161 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
))
7162 || (!NILP (w
->region_showing
)
7163 && !EQ (w
->region_showing
,
7164 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark
))))
7165 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
7167 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
7168 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
7169 set in display_line and record information about the line
7170 containing the cursor. */
7171 tlbufpos
= this_line_start_pos
;
7172 tlendpos
= this_line_end_pos
;
7173 if (!consider_all_windows_p
7174 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) > 0
7175 && NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
7176 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
7177 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
7178 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
7179 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
7180 && this_line_buffer
== current_buffer
7181 && current_buffer
== XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)
7182 && NILP (w
->force_start
)
7183 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
7184 && PT
>= CHARPOS (tlbufpos
)
7185 && PT
<= Z
- CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
7186 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
7187 must be unchanged */
7188 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w
, CHARPOS (tlbufpos
),
7189 CHARPOS (tlendpos
)))
7191 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) > BEGV
7192 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
) - 1) != '\n'
7193 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) == ZV
7194 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
)) == '\n'))
7195 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
7197 else if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
7198 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
7199 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
7201 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
7202 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
7205 For instance, in the following case:
7207 -------- Insert --------
7208 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
7209 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
7213 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
7216 int line_height_before
= this_line_pixel_height
;
7218 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
7219 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
7220 start_display (&it
, w
, tlbufpos
);
7222 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
7223 if (it
.current_x
!= this_line_start_x
)
7226 TRACE ((stderr
, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
7227 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
7228 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
7229 it
.vpos
= this_line_vpos
;
7230 it
.current_y
= this_line_y
;
7231 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, this_line_vpos
);
7234 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
7235 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
7236 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0
7237 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
7238 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
7239 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
7240 /* Line ends as before. */
7241 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos
) == CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
7242 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
7243 would have to be shifted up or down. */
7244 && this_line_pixel_height
== line_height_before
)
7246 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
7247 the charstarts of the lines below. */
7248 if (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
7250 struct glyph_row
*row
7251 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, this_line_vpos
+ 1);
7252 int delta
, delta_bytes
;
7254 if (Z
- CHARPOS (tlendpos
) == ZV
)
7256 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
7257 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
7259 - CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
7260 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
));
7261 delta_bytes
= (Z_BYTE
7262 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos
)
7263 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
7267 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
7268 account of the newline and the rest of the
7269 text that follows. */
7271 - CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
7272 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
));
7273 delta_bytes
= (Z_BYTE
7274 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos
)
7275 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
7278 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (w
->current_matrix
,
7280 w
->current_matrix
->nrows
,
7281 delta
, delta_bytes
);
7284 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
7285 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
7287 if ((it
.glyph_row
- 1)->displays_text_p
)
7289 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) < this_line_vpos
)
7290 XSETINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, this_line_vpos
);
7292 else if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) == this_line_vpos
7293 && this_line_vpos
> 0)
7294 XSETINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, this_line_vpos
- 1);
7295 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
7297 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
7298 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
7301 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
7302 debug_method_add (w
, "optimization 1");
7309 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
7310 PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
7311 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
7312 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
7313 && 0 <= w
->cursor
.vpos
7314 && XINT (w
->height
) > w
->cursor
.vpos
)
7318 do_pending_window_change (1);
7320 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
7321 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
7322 if (w
->cursor_off_p
== w
->last_cursor_off_p
)
7323 goto end_of_redisplay
;
7327 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
7328 then we can't just move the cursor. */
7329 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
7330 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
7331 && (w
== XWINDOW (current_buffer
->last_selected_window
)
7332 || highlight_nonselected_windows
)
7333 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
7334 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
7335 && !cursor_in_echo_area
)
7338 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7340 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
7341 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
7342 next visible position. */
7343 init_iterator (&it
, w
, CHARPOS (tlbufpos
), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
),
7344 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
7345 it
.current_x
= this_line_start_x
;
7346 it
.current_y
= this_line_y
;
7347 it
.vpos
= this_line_vpos
;
7349 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
7350 moves over before-strings. */
7351 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7353 if (it
.vpos
== this_line_vpos
7354 && (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, this_line_vpos
),
7357 xassert (this_line_vpos
== it
.vpos
);
7358 xassert (this_line_y
== it
.current_y
);
7359 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7367 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
7368 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, this_line_vpos
, 0);
7371 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
7372 consider_all_windows_p
|= buffer_shared
> 1;
7373 ++clear_face_cache_count
;
7376 /* Build desired matrices. If consider_all_windows_p is non-zero,
7377 do it for all windows on all frames. Otherwise do it for
7378 selected_window, only. */
7380 if (consider_all_windows_p
)
7382 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7384 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
7385 if (clear_face_cache_count
> CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT
)
7387 clear_face_cache (0);
7388 clear_face_cache_count
= 0;
7391 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
7392 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
7395 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7397 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7398 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) || f
== sf
)
7400 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
7401 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
7402 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook
)
7403 (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook
) (f
);
7405 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
7406 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
7408 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
7409 nuked should now go away. */
7410 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook
)
7411 (*judge_scroll_bars_hook
) (f
);
7415 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
7416 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf
))
7417 redisplay_window (selected_window
, 1);
7420 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
7424 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
7425 if (fonts_changed_p
)
7428 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
7429 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
7430 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
7431 if (interrupt_input
)
7435 if (consider_all_windows_p
)
7444 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
7445 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
7446 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
)))
7448 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
));
7450 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
7452 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
7453 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
)
7454 && hscroll_windows (f
->root_window
))
7461 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
7463 if (!FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
)))
7466 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
));
7468 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) || f
== sf
)
7469 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
7471 /* Mark all windows as to be updated. */
7472 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), 1);
7473 pause
|= update_frame (f
, 0, 0);
7476 mark_window_display_accurate (f
->root_window
, 1);
7477 if (frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0)
7478 (*frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
7485 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
7486 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf
))
7488 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window
))
7491 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
7492 pause
= update_frame (sf
, 0, 0);
7497 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
7498 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
7499 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
7500 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
7503 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
7504 struct frame
*mini_frame
;
7506 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
7507 mini_frame
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
7509 if (mini_frame
!= sf
&& FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame
))
7511 XWINDOW (mini_window
)->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
7512 pause
|= update_frame (mini_frame
, 0, 0);
7513 if (!pause
&& hscroll_windows (mini_window
))
7519 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
7520 thorough update the next time. */
7523 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
7524 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
7525 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
7526 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
7528 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
7529 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position
))
7531 last_arrow_position
= Qt
;
7532 last_arrow_string
= Qt
;
7535 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
7536 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
7537 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)
7538 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)))
7539 update_mode_lines
= 1;
7542 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
7543 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
7546 register struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
7548 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b
) = BUF_MODIFF (b
);
7549 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b
) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
);
7550 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b
) = BUF_GPT (b
) - BUF_BEG (b
);
7551 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b
) = BUF_Z (b
) - BUF_GPT (b
);
7553 if (consider_all_windows_p
)
7554 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf
), 1);
7557 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_point
, BUF_PT (b
));
7558 w
->last_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
7559 w
->last_cursor_off_p
= w
->cursor_off_p
;
7561 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
7562 b
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
= 0;
7563 w
->update_mode_line
= Qnil
;
7564 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_modified
, BUF_MODIFF (b
));
7565 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
));
7567 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
7570 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7571 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7572 w
->region_showing
= (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
7573 && (w
== XWINDOW (current_buffer
->last_selected_window
)
7574 || highlight_nonselected_windows
)
7575 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
)
7576 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark
)
7579 w
->window_end_valid
= w
->buffer
;
7580 last_arrow_position
= COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position
);
7581 last_arrow_string
= Voverlay_arrow_string
;
7582 if (frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0)
7583 (*frame_up_to_date_hook
) (sf
);
7585 w
->current_matrix
->buffer
= b
;
7586 w
->current_matrix
->begv
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
7587 w
->current_matrix
->zv
= BUF_ZV (b
);
7590 update_mode_lines
= 0;
7591 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 0;
7594 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
7595 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
7596 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
7597 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
7598 if (interrupt_input
)
7602 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
7603 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
7604 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
7605 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
7606 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
7607 frames here explicitly. */
7610 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7613 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7615 int this_is_visible
= 0;
7617 if (XFRAME (frame
)->visible
)
7618 this_is_visible
= 1;
7619 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame
));
7620 if (XFRAME (frame
)->visible
)
7621 this_is_visible
= 1;
7623 if (this_is_visible
)
7627 if (new_count
!= number_of_visible_frames
)
7628 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
7631 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
7632 do_pending_window_change (1);
7634 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
7635 visible frames, redisplay again. */
7636 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
&& !pause
)
7641 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7645 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
7646 another message has been requested in its place.
7648 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
7649 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
7650 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
7651 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
7654 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
7656 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[1]))
7658 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
7659 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
7660 display_last_displayed_message_p
= 1;
7661 redisplay_internal (1);
7662 display_last_displayed_message_p
= 0;
7665 redisplay_internal (1);
7669 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
7670 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
7674 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p
)
7675 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p
;
7677 redisplaying_p
= XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p
);
7682 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
7683 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
7684 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
7685 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
7688 mark_window_display_accurate (window
, accurate_p
)
7694 for (; !NILP (window
); window
= w
->next
)
7696 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7698 if (BUFFERP (w
->buffer
))
7700 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
7702 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_modified
,
7703 accurate_p
? BUF_MODIFF (b
) : 0);
7704 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
,
7705 accurate_p
? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
) : 0);
7706 w
->last_had_star
= (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
)
7709 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
7711 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7712 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7714 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
7715 && (w
== XWINDOW (current_buffer
->last_selected_window
)
7716 || highlight_nonselected_windows
)
7717 && (!NILP (b
->mark_active
)
7718 ? Fmarker_position (b
->mark
)
7724 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
7725 b
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
= 0;
7726 w
->current_matrix
->buffer
= b
;
7727 w
->current_matrix
->begv
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
7728 w
->current_matrix
->zv
= BUF_ZV (b
);
7729 w
->last_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
7730 w
->last_cursor_off_p
= w
->cursor_off_p
;
7731 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
7732 w
->last_point
= BUF_PT (b
);
7734 w
->last_point
= XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
;
7738 w
->window_end_valid
= w
->buffer
;
7739 w
->update_mode_line
= Qnil
;
7741 if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
7742 mark_window_display_accurate (w
->vchild
, accurate_p
);
7743 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
7744 mark_window_display_accurate (w
->hchild
, accurate_p
);
7749 last_arrow_position
= COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position
);
7750 last_arrow_string
= Voverlay_arrow_string
;
7754 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
7755 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
7756 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
7757 last_arrow_position
= Qt
;
7758 last_arrow_string
= Qt
;
7763 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
7764 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
7765 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
7766 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
7769 disp_char_vector (dp
, c
)
7770 struct Lisp_Char_Table
*dp
;
7776 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
))
7777 return (dp
->contents
[c
]);
7779 SPLIT_NON_ASCII_CHAR (c
, code
[0], code
[1], code
[2]);
7780 if (code
[0] != CHARSET_COMPOSITION
)
7784 else if (code
[2] < 32)
7788 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
7789 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
7790 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
7791 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
7793 code
[3] = -1; /* anchor */
7795 for (i
= 0; code
[i
] >= 0; i
++, dp
= XCHAR_TABLE (val
))
7797 val
= dp
->contents
[code
[i
]];
7798 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val
))
7799 return (NILP (val
) ? dp
->defalt
: val
);
7802 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
7804 return (dp
->defalt
);
7809 /***********************************************************************
7811 ***********************************************************************/
7813 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
7816 redisplay_windows (window
)
7819 while (!NILP (window
))
7821 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7823 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
7824 redisplay_windows (w
->hchild
);
7825 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
7826 redisplay_windows (w
->vchild
);
7828 redisplay_window (window
, 0);
7835 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
7836 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
7837 differ from current buffer positions. */
7840 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, matrix
, delta
, delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
)
7842 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7843 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
7844 int delta
, delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
;
7846 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7847 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7849 int pt_old
= PT
- delta
;
7851 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7852 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7854 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
7857 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
7859 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7865 && (!BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
7866 || glyph
->charpos
< pt_old
))
7868 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7872 w
->cursor
.hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7874 w
->cursor
.vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, matrix
) + dvpos
;
7875 w
->cursor
.y
= row
->y
+ dy
;
7877 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
7879 if (!row
->continued_p
7880 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
)
7883 this_line_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
7885 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
7886 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
7887 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
7888 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
) + delta_bytes
;
7890 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos
)
7891 = Z
- (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
);
7892 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos
)
7893 = Z_BYTE
- (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + delta_bytes
);
7895 this_line_y
= w
->cursor
.y
;
7896 this_line_pixel_height
= row
->height
;
7897 this_line_vpos
= w
->cursor
.vpos
;
7898 this_line_start_x
= row
->x
;
7901 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
7906 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
7907 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
7909 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
7911 static INLINE
struct text_pos
7912 run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
)
7914 struct text_pos startp
;
7916 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7917 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, startp
);
7919 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
7922 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
))
7924 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions
, window
,
7925 make_number (CHARPOS (startp
)));
7926 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
7927 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
7928 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
7929 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
7936 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
7937 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
7940 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w
)
7943 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
7944 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7945 int header_line_height
;
7947 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
7948 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
7949 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
7952 matrix
= w
->desired_matrix
;
7953 row
= MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
7955 /* If row->y == top y of window display area, the window isn't tall
7956 enough to display a single line. There is nothing we can do
7958 header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
7959 if (row
->y
== header_line_height
)
7962 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w
, row
))
7964 int dy
= row
->height
- row
->visible_height
;
7967 shift_glyph_matrix (w
, matrix
, 0, matrix
->nrows
, dy
);
7969 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w
, row
))
7971 int dy
= - (row
->height
- row
->visible_height
);
7974 shift_glyph_matrix (w
, matrix
, 0, matrix
->nrows
, dy
);
7977 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
7978 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
7979 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
7980 the correct y-position. */
7981 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
7982 this_line_y
= w
->cursor
.y
;
7986 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
7987 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
7988 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
7989 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
7990 the case that only the cursor has moved.
7994 1 if scrolling succeeded
7996 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
7998 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
7999 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8002 try_scrolling (window
, just_this_one_p
, scroll_conservatively
,
8003 scroll_step
, temp_scroll_step
)
8005 int just_this_one_p
;
8006 int scroll_conservatively
, scroll_step
;
8007 int temp_scroll_step
;
8009 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
8010 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8011 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos
;
8012 struct text_pos pos
;
8013 struct text_pos startp
;
8015 Lisp_Object window_end
;
8016 int this_scroll_margin
;
8019 int line_height
, rc
;
8020 int amount_to_scroll
= 0;
8021 Lisp_Object aggressive
;
8025 debug_method_add (w
, "try_scrolling");
8028 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
8030 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8031 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8032 if (scroll_margin
> 0)
8034 this_scroll_margin
= min (scroll_margin
, XINT (w
->height
) / 4);
8035 this_scroll_margin
*= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
8038 this_scroll_margin
= 0;
8040 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8043 scroll_max
= scroll_step
;
8044 else if (scroll_conservatively
)
8045 scroll_max
= scroll_conservatively
;
8046 else if (temp_scroll_step
)
8047 scroll_max
= temp_scroll_step
;
8048 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
)
8049 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
))
8050 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8051 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8052 there should be a variable for this. */
8056 scroll_max
*= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
8058 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8059 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8061 window_end
= Fwindow_end (window
, Qt
);
8062 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
) = XINT (window_end
);
8063 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
));
8064 if (this_scroll_margin
)
8066 start_display (&it
, w
, scroll_margin_pos
);
8067 move_it_vertically (&it
, - this_scroll_margin
);
8068 scroll_margin_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
8071 if (PT
>= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
))
8075 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8076 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8078 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8079 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8080 start_display (&it
, w
, scroll_margin_pos
);
8082 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, 0, it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
8083 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
8084 line_height
= (it
.max_ascent
+ it
.max_descent
8085 ? it
.max_ascent
+ it
.max_descent
8087 dy
= it
.current_y
+ line_height
- y0
;
8088 if (dy
> scroll_max
)
8091 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8092 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8093 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8094 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
8096 if (scroll_conservatively
)
8097 amount_to_scroll
= dy
;
8098 else if (scroll_step
|| temp_scroll_step
)
8099 amount_to_scroll
= scroll_max
;
8102 aggressive
= current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
;
8103 height
= (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w
)
8104 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
));
8105 if (NUMBERP (aggressive
))
8106 amount_to_scroll
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
) * height
;
8109 if (amount_to_scroll
<= 0)
8112 move_it_vertically (&it
, amount_to_scroll
);
8113 startp
= it
.current
.pos
;
8117 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8119 scroll_margin_pos
= startp
;
8120 if (this_scroll_margin
)
8122 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
8123 move_it_vertically (&it
, this_scroll_margin
);
8124 scroll_margin_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
8127 if (PT
< CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
))
8129 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8130 above what is displayed in the window. */
8133 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8134 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8136 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
8137 start_display (&it
, w
, pos
);
8139 move_it_to (&it
, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
), 0,
8140 it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
8141 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
8142 dy
= it
.current_y
- y0
;
8143 if (dy
> scroll_max
)
8146 /* Compute new window start. */
8147 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
8149 if (scroll_conservatively
)
8150 amount_to_scroll
= dy
;
8151 else if (scroll_step
|| temp_scroll_step
)
8152 amount_to_scroll
= scroll_max
;
8155 aggressive
= current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
;
8156 height
= (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w
)
8157 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
));
8158 if (NUMBERP (aggressive
))
8159 amount_to_scroll
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
) * height
;
8162 if (amount_to_scroll
<= 0)
8165 move_it_vertically (&it
, - amount_to_scroll
);
8166 startp
= it
.current
.pos
;
8170 /* Run window scroll functions. */
8171 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
);
8173 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
8175 if (!try_window (window
, startp
))
8177 else if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
8179 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
8184 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
8185 if (!just_this_one_p
8186 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
8187 || BEG_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (startp
))
8188 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
8190 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
8191 lines up or down. */
8192 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w
);
8200 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
8201 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
8204 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
8205 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
8206 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
8209 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
)
8212 struct text_pos pos
, start_pos
;
8213 int window_start_changed_p
= 0;
8215 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos
, w
->start
);
8217 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
8218 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
8219 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
8220 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) > BEGV
8221 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos
) - 1) != '\n')
8224 struct glyph_row
*row
;
8226 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
8227 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) < BEGV
)
8228 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
8229 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) > ZV
)
8230 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
8232 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
8233 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
8234 row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
+ (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0);
8235 init_iterator (&it
, w
, CHARPOS (start_pos
), BYTEPOS (start_pos
),
8236 row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
8237 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it
);
8239 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
8240 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
8241 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) - IT_CHARPOS (it
)
8242 < XFASTINT (w
->height
) * XFASTINT (w
->width
))
8244 int min_distance
, distance
;
8246 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
8247 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
8248 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
8249 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
8250 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
8251 minimum distance from the old window start. */
8252 pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
8253 min_distance
= INFINITY
;
8254 while ((distance
= abs (CHARPOS (start_pos
) - IT_CHARPOS (it
))),
8255 distance
< min_distance
)
8257 min_distance
= distance
;
8258 pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
8259 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
8262 /* Set the window start there. */
8263 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, pos
);
8264 window_start_changed_p
= 1;
8268 return window_start_changed_p
;
8272 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
8273 selected_window is redisplayed. */
8276 redisplay_window (window
, just_this_one_p
)
8278 int just_this_one_p
;
8280 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
8281 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8282 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
8283 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
8284 struct text_pos lpoint
, opoint
, startp
;
8285 int update_mode_line
;
8288 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
8289 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p
= 0;
8290 int really_switched_buffer
= 0;
8291 int temp_scroll_step
= 0;
8292 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
8294 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
8297 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
8298 xassert (!NILP (w
->buffer
));
8300 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
8303 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
, Qt
);
8305 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, buffer
);
8307 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
8308 update_mode_line
= (!NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
8309 || update_mode_lines
8310 || buffer
->clip_changed
);
8312 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
8314 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
)
8315 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
8317 if (update_mode_line
)
8318 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
8319 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
8320 goto finish_menu_bars
;
8322 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
8323 goto finish_scroll_bars
;
8325 else if (w
!= XWINDOW (minibuf_window
))
8327 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
8328 active one, so clear it. */
8329 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
8330 struct glyph_row
*row
;
8333 for (y
= 0, row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
;
8335 y
+= row
->height
, ++row
)
8336 blank_row (w
, row
, y
);
8337 goto finish_scroll_bars
;
8341 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
8343 if (update_mode_line
)
8345 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
8347 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
8348 really_switched_buffer
= 1;
8351 set_buffer_temp (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
8352 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
8354 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8355 = (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
8356 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
8357 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
8358 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
);
8360 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
8361 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
8362 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
8364 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
8365 window start in case the window's width changed. */
8366 if (XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
== current_buffer
)
8367 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
);
8369 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
8372 /* Some sanity checks. */
8373 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w
);
8374 if (Z
== Z_BYTE
&& CHARPOS (opoint
) != BYTEPOS (opoint
))
8376 if (BYTEPOS (opoint
) < CHARPOS (opoint
))
8379 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
8380 if (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
8381 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8382 where no change is needed. */
8383 && !(PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
8384 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
8385 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
8386 && XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
) != current_column ())
8387 update_mode_line
= 1;
8389 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
8390 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
8391 if (!just_this_one_p
)
8393 struct buffer
*current_base
, *window_base
;
8394 current_base
= current_buffer
;
8395 window_base
= XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window
)->buffer
);
8396 if (current_base
->base_buffer
)
8397 current_base
= current_base
->base_buffer
;
8398 if (window_base
->base_buffer
)
8399 window_base
= window_base
->base_buffer
;
8400 if (current_base
== window_base
)
8404 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
8405 window, set up appropriate value. */
8406 if (!EQ (window
, selected_window
))
8408 int new_pt
= XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
;
8409 int new_pt_byte
= marker_byte_position (w
->pointm
);
8413 new_pt_byte
= BEGV_BYTE
;
8414 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
8416 else if (new_pt
> (ZV
- 1))
8419 new_pt_byte
= ZV_BYTE
;
8420 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
8423 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
8424 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt
, new_pt_byte
);
8427 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
8428 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
8429 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
8430 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
8431 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
8432 if (current_buffer
->width_run_cache
)
8434 struct Lisp_Char_Table
*disptab
= buffer_display_table ();
8436 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab
,
8437 XVECTOR (current_buffer
->width_table
)))
8439 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer
,
8440 current_buffer
->width_run_cache
,
8442 recompute_width_table (current_buffer
, disptab
);
8446 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
8447 if (XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
!= current_buffer
)
8450 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
8452 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
8453 check whether it can be used. */
8454 if (!NILP (w
->optional_new_start
))
8456 w
->optional_new_start
= Qnil
;
8457 /* This takes a mini-buffer prompt into account. */
8458 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
8459 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, 0, it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
8460 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
8461 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) == PT
)
8462 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
8465 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
8466 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
8467 if (!NILP (w
->force_start
)
8468 || w
->frozen_window_start_p
)
8470 w
->force_start
= Qnil
;
8472 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
8474 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8475 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8476 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
)
8477 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
8479 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
8480 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
8481 because we have scrolled. */
8482 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
8483 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
8484 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
8485 and having them get more errors. */
8486 if (!update_mode_line
8487 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
))
8489 if (!really_switched_buffer
)
8491 set_buffer_temp (old
);
8492 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
8493 really_switched_buffer
= 1;
8496 update_mode_line
= 1;
8497 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
8498 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
);
8501 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_modified
, 0);
8502 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
, 0);
8503 if (CHARPOS (startp
) < BEGV
)
8504 SET_TEXT_POS (startp
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
8505 else if (CHARPOS (startp
) > ZV
)
8506 SET_TEXT_POS (startp
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
8508 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
8509 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
8510 if (!try_window (window
, startp
))
8512 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
8513 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
8514 goto restore_buffers
;
8517 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0 && !w
->frozen_window_start_p
)
8519 /* If point does not appear, or on a line that is not fully
8520 visible, move point so it does appear. The desired
8521 matrix has been built above, so we can use it. */
8522 int height
= window_box_height (w
) / 2;
8523 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, 0);
8525 while (row
->y
< height
)
8528 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
),
8529 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
8531 if (w
!= XWINDOW (selected_window
))
8532 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
8533 else if (current_buffer
== old
)
8534 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
8536 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->desired_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8538 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
8539 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
8540 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
8541 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
8543 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
8544 if (!try_window (window
, startp
))
8545 goto restore_buffers
;
8549 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w
);
8551 debug_method_add (w
, "forced window start");
8556 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
8557 not moved off the frame. */
8558 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8559 /* Point may be in this window. */
8560 && PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
8561 /* If we don't check this, we are called to move the cursor in a
8562 horizontally split window with a current matrix that doesn't
8564 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
8565 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
8566 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
8567 /* If force-mode-line-update was called, really redisplay;
8568 that's how redisplay is forced after e.g. changing
8569 buffer-invisibility-spec. */
8570 && NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
8571 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
8572 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
8574 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
8575 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
8576 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
8577 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
8578 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
8579 && INTEGERP (w
->last_point
)
8580 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
8581 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
8582 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
8583 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
8584 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
8585 handles the same cases. */
8586 && !EQ (window
, minibuf_window
)
8587 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
8588 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
8589 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
8590 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
8591 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
8592 && INTEGERP (w
->window_end_vpos
)
8593 && XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) < w
->current_matrix
->nrows
8594 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
8595 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position
)
8596 || current_buffer
!= XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position
)->buffer
))
8598 int this_scroll_margin
;
8599 struct glyph_row
*row
;
8603 debug_method_add (w
, "cursor movement");
8606 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
8607 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
8608 this_scroll_margin
= max (0, scroll_margin
);
8609 this_scroll_margin
= min (this_scroll_margin
, XFASTINT (w
->height
) / 4);
8610 this_scroll_margin
*= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
8612 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
8613 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
8614 if (w
->last_cursor
.vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
8616 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->last_cursor
.vpos
);
8617 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
8619 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
8623 if (PT
> XFASTINT (w
->last_point
))
8625 /* Point has moved forward. */
8626 int last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - this_scroll_margin
;
8628 while ((MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) < PT
8629 /* The end position of a row equals the start
8630 position of the next row. If PT is there, we
8631 would rather display it in the next line, except
8632 when this line ends in ZV. */
8633 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
8634 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)
8635 || !row
->ends_at_zv_p
)))
8636 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
)
8638 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
8642 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
8643 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which the
8644 next line would be drawn, and that this_scroll_margin can
8646 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > last_y
8647 || PT
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
8648 /* Line is completely visible last line in window and PT
8649 is to be set in the next line. */
8650 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) == last_y
8651 && PT
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
8652 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
8653 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
8656 else if (PT
< XFASTINT (w
->last_point
))
8658 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
8659 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
8660 while (!row
->mode_line_p
8661 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) > PT
8662 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
8663 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
8664 && (row
->y
> this_scroll_margin
8665 || CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
))
8667 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
8671 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there
8672 is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display
8673 starts at some point START > BEGV. It can happen that
8674 we are called with PT somewhere between BEGV and START.
8675 Try to handle that case. */
8676 if (row
< w
->current_matrix
->rows
8677 || row
->mode_line_p
)
8679 row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
8680 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
8684 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to skip
8685 forward over overlay strings. */
8686 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
8687 && MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_OVERLAY_STRING_P (row
)
8688 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
8691 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
8692 if (row
->y
< this_scroll_margin
8693 && CHARPOS (startp
) != BEGV
)
8697 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
8698 if (PT
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
8699 || PT
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
8702 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's make it fully
8703 visible. This can be done most easily by using the existing
8705 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row
))
8707 temp_scroll_step
= 1;
8713 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8717 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
8718 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
8719 else if (!NILP (w
->start_at_line_beg
)
8720 && !(CHARPOS (startp
) <= BEGV
8721 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp
) - 1) == '\n'))
8724 debug_method_add (w
, "recenter 1");
8729 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
8730 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
8731 !windows_or_buffers_changed
8732 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
8734 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
8735 || (line_ins_del_ok
&& WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)))
8736 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
8737 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
8738 && PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
8739 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
)
8740 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
8741 && XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) == 0
8742 /* Selective display has not changed. */
8743 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
8744 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
8745 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
8746 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
8747 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
8748 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
8749 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
8750 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
8751 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
8752 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
8753 && EQ (last_arrow_position
, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position
))
8754 && EQ (last_arrow_string
, Voverlay_arrow_string
)
8755 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
8756 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
8757 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
8758 && (tem
= try_window_id (w
)) != 0)
8761 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_id");
8764 if (fonts_changed_p
)
8765 goto restore_buffers
;
8768 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
8769 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
8771 else if (CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
8772 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
8773 && PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
8774 && (CHARPOS (startp
) < ZV
8775 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
8776 || CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
8777 || (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
8778 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)))
8781 debug_method_add (w
, "same window start");
8784 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
8785 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
8786 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8787 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8788 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8789 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
)
8790 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
8791 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
))
8793 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "1"));
8794 try_window (window
, startp
);
8797 if (fonts_changed_p
)
8798 goto restore_buffers
;
8800 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0)
8802 if (!just_this_one_p
8803 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
8804 || BEG_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (startp
))
8805 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8806 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
8808 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w
);
8812 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
8817 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_modified
, 0);
8818 XSETFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
, 0);
8820 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
8821 if (!update_mode_line
)
8823 if (!really_switched_buffer
)
8825 set_buffer_temp (old
);
8826 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
8827 really_switched_buffer
= 1;
8829 update_mode_line
= 1;
8830 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
8833 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
8834 if ((scroll_conservatively
8837 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
)
8838 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
))
8839 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
8840 && CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
8841 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
)
8843 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
8844 successful, 0 if not successful. */
8845 int rc
= try_scrolling (window
, just_this_one_p
,
8846 scroll_conservatively
,
8852 goto restore_buffers
;
8855 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
8860 debug_method_add (w
, "recenter");
8863 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
8865 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
8866 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8867 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
)
8868 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
8870 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
8871 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
8872 it
.current_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
8873 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, it
.last_visible_y
/ 2);
8874 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it
) >= BEGV
);
8876 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
8877 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
8878 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
8879 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
8880 containing PT in this case. */
8881 if (it
.current_y
<= 0)
8883 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
8884 move_it_vertically (&it
, 0);
8885 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it
) <= PT
);
8889 it
.current_x
= it
.hpos
= 0;
8891 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
8892 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
8893 set_marker_both (w
->start
, Qnil
, IT_CHARPOS (it
), IT_BYTEPOS (it
));
8895 /* Run scroll hooks. */
8896 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, it
.current
.pos
);
8898 /* Redisplay the window. */
8899 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8900 || windows_or_buffers_changed
8901 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8902 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8903 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
)
8905 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
8906 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
))
8907 try_window (window
, startp
);
8909 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
8910 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
8912 if (fonts_changed_p
)
8913 goto restore_buffers
;
8915 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
8916 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
8917 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
8918 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
8920 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
8922 if (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
8923 && PT
>= Z
- XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
))
8925 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
8926 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
8927 try_window (window
, it
.current
.pos
);
8929 else if (PT
< IT_CHARPOS (it
))
8931 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
8932 move_it_by_lines (&it
, -1, 0);
8933 try_window (window
, it
.current
.pos
);
8937 /* Not much we can do about it. */
8941 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
8942 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
8943 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
8944 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
8945 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
8947 struct glyph_row
*row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
8948 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
8950 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8953 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w
);
8957 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
8958 w
->start_at_line_beg
= ((CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
8959 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp
) - 1) == '\n')
8962 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
8963 if ((update_mode_line
8964 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
8965 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
8966 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
8967 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
8968 || (!just_this_one_p
8969 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
8970 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
))
8971 /* Line number to display. */
8972 || INTEGERP (w
->base_line_pos
)
8973 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
8974 || (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
8975 && XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
) != current_column ()))
8976 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
8977 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
8978 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)))
8980 display_mode_lines (w
);
8982 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8983 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8984 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
8985 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))
8987 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
8988 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->height
8989 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
8992 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8993 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8994 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)
8995 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))
8997 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
8998 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->height
8999 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
9002 if (fonts_changed_p
)
9003 goto restore_buffers
;
9006 if (!line_number_displayed
9007 && !BUFFERP (w
->base_line_pos
))
9009 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
9010 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
9015 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9016 if (update_mode_line
9017 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
), window
))
9019 int redisplay_menu_p
= 0;
9021 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
9023 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
9024 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
);
9026 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0;
9030 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0;
9032 if (redisplay_menu_p
)
9033 display_menu_bar (w
);
9035 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9036 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
9037 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0
9038 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p
))
9039 redisplay_tool_bar (f
);
9045 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9047 int start
, end
, whole
;
9049 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9050 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9051 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9052 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9055 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9056 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
9057 || (w
== XWINDOW (minibuf_window
)
9058 && NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0])))
9061 start
= marker_position (w
->start
) - BEGV
;
9062 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
9063 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
9064 end
= (Z
- XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
)) - BEGV
;
9068 if (whole
< (end
- start
))
9069 whole
= end
- start
;
9072 start
= end
= whole
= 0;
9074 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
9075 (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
) (w
, end
- start
, whole
, start
);
9077 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
9078 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
9079 (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook
) (w
);
9084 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
9085 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint
), BYTEPOS (opoint
));
9086 if (really_switched_buffer
)
9087 set_buffer_internal_1 (old
);
9089 set_buffer_temp (old
);
9090 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint
), BYTEPOS (lpoint
));
9092 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9096 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
9097 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
9098 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
9099 glyph matrices necessary. */
9102 try_window (window
, pos
)
9104 struct text_pos pos
;
9106 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
9108 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
= NULL
;
9110 /* Make POS the new window start. */
9111 set_marker_both (w
->start
, Qnil
, CHARPOS (pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
));
9113 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
9114 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
9115 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
9117 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
9118 start_display (&it
, w
, pos
);
9120 /* Display all lines of W. */
9121 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
9123 if (display_line (&it
))
9124 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
9125 if (fonts_changed_p
)
9129 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
9130 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) <= 0
9131 && Z
!= IT_CHARPOS (it
))
9132 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
9134 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
9135 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
9136 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
9139 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row
));
9140 w
->window_end_bytepos
9141 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
9142 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
,
9143 Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
9144 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
,
9145 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
9146 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
))
9151 w
->window_end_bytepos
= 0;
9152 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
, 0);
9153 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, 0);
9156 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
9157 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
9163 /************************************************************************
9164 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
9165 ************************************************************************/
9167 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
9168 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
9169 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
9170 W->start is the new window start. */
9173 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)
9176 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9177 struct glyph_row
*row
, *bottom_row
;
9180 struct text_pos start
, new_start
;
9181 int nrows_scrolled
, i
;
9182 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
;
9183 struct glyph_row
*last_reused_text_row
;
9184 struct glyph_row
*start_row
;
9185 int start_vpos
, min_y
, max_y
;
9187 /* Right now this function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
9188 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
9191 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
9192 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
9193 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
9194 || !NILP (w
->region_showing
)
9195 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
9198 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
9199 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)
9200 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->mode_line_p
)
9203 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
9204 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
9205 start_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
9206 if (w
->vscroll
|| MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row
))
9209 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
9210 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
9211 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start
, w
->start
);
9212 start
= start_row
->start
.pos
;
9213 start_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
9215 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
9216 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
9218 if (CHARPOS (new_start
) <= CHARPOS (start
))
9222 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "twu1"));
9224 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
9225 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
9227 start_display (&it
, w
, new_start
);
9228 first_row_y
= it
.current_y
;
9229 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
9230 last_text_row
= last_reused_text_row
= NULL
;
9231 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
9232 && IT_CHARPOS (it
) < CHARPOS (start
)
9233 && !fonts_changed_p
)
9234 if (display_line (&it
))
9235 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
9237 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
9238 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
9239 have at least one reusable row. */
9240 if (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
9242 nrows_scrolled
= it
.vpos
;
9244 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
9245 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
9247 int dy
= it
.current_y
- first_row_y
;
9249 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
9250 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
9252 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
9253 && PT
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
9255 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0,
9256 dy
, nrows_scrolled
);
9260 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) + dy
>= it
.last_visible_y
)
9266 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
9267 happen often; not more often than with try_window
9269 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
9271 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
9276 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
9277 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
9278 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
9279 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
9280 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
9282 run
.current_y
= first_row_y
;
9283 run
.desired_y
= it
.current_y
;
9284 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- it
.current_y
;
9288 rif
->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
9289 rif
->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
9290 rif
->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0);
9294 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
9295 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
9296 rotate_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
9298 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, w
->current_matrix
),
9301 /* Disable lines not reused. */
9302 for (i
= 0; i
< it
.vpos
; ++i
)
9303 MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
)->enabled_p
= 0;
9305 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
9306 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
) + nrows_scrolled
;
9307 min_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
9308 max_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
9309 while (row
< bottom_row
)
9311 row
->y
= it
.current_y
;
9314 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
- (min_y
- row
->y
);
9315 else if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
9317 = row
->height
- (row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
);
9319 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
9321 it
.current_y
+= row
->height
;
9324 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
9325 last_reused_text_row
= row
;
9326 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= it
.last_visible_y
)
9332 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
9333 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
9334 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
9336 if (last_reused_text_row
)
9338 w
->window_end_bytepos
9339 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row
);
9340 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
,
9341 Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row
));
9342 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
,
9343 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row
,
9344 w
->current_matrix
));
9346 else if (last_text_row
)
9348 w
->window_end_bytepos
9349 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
9350 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
,
9351 Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
9352 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
,
9353 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
9357 /* This window must be completely empty. */
9358 w
->window_end_bytepos
= 0;
9359 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
, 0);
9360 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, 0);
9362 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
9364 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
9365 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
9368 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
9372 else if (CHARPOS (new_start
) > CHARPOS (start
))
9374 struct glyph_row
*pt_row
, *row
;
9375 struct glyph_row
*first_reusable_row
;
9376 struct glyph_row
*first_row_to_display
;
9378 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
9380 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "twu2"));
9382 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
9383 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
9384 first_reusable_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
9385 while (first_reusable_row
->enabled_p
9386 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row
) < yb
9387 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row
)
9388 < CHARPOS (new_start
)))
9389 ++first_reusable_row
;
9391 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
9392 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row
) >= yb
9393 || !first_reusable_row
->enabled_p
9394 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row
)
9395 != CHARPOS (new_start
)))
9398 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
9399 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
9400 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
9401 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
9402 first_row_to_display
= first_reusable_row
;
9404 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display
) < yb
)
9406 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display
)
9407 && PT
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display
))
9408 pt_row
= first_row_to_display
;
9410 ++first_row_to_display
;
9413 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
9414 xassert (first_row_to_display
->y
< yb
);
9415 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, first_row_to_display
);
9416 nrows_scrolled
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
9417 it
.vpos
= (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display
, w
->current_matrix
)
9419 it
.current_y
= first_row_to_display
->y
- first_reusable_row
->y
;
9421 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
9422 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
9423 that displays text. */
9424 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
9426 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
9427 last_text_row
= NULL
;
9428 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
&& !fonts_changed_p
)
9429 if (display_line (&it
))
9430 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
9432 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
9433 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
9435 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
9439 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
9443 w
->cursor
.vpos
-= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row
,
9445 w
->cursor
.y
-= first_reusable_row
->y
;
9448 /* Scroll the display. */
9449 run
.current_y
= first_reusable_row
->y
;
9450 run
.desired_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
9451 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- run
.current_y
;
9454 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9456 rif
->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
9457 rif
->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
9458 rif
->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0);
9462 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
9463 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
9464 row
= first_reusable_row
;
9465 dy
= first_reusable_row
->y
;
9466 min_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
9467 max_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
9468 while (row
< first_row_to_display
)
9472 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
- (min_y
- row
->y
);
9473 else if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
9475 = row
->height
- (row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
);
9477 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
9481 /* Disable rows not reused. */
9482 while (row
< bottom_row
)
9488 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
9489 xassert (nrows_scrolled
> 0);
9490 rotate_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
9492 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, w
->current_matrix
),
9495 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
9496 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
9497 only its vpos can have changed. */
9500 w
->window_end_bytepos
9501 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
9502 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
,
9503 Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
9504 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
,
9505 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
9509 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
,
9510 XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) - nrows_scrolled
);
9513 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
9514 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
9517 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
9527 /************************************************************************
9528 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
9529 ************************************************************************/
9531 static struct glyph_row
*get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row
P_ ((struct window
*));
9532 static struct glyph_row
*get_first_unchanged_at_end_row
P_ ((struct window
*,
9534 static struct glyph_row
*
9535 find_last_row_displaying_text
P_ ((struct glyph_matrix
*, struct it
*,
9536 struct glyph_row
*));
9539 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
9540 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
9541 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
9542 a pointer to the row found. */
9544 static struct glyph_row
*
9545 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix
, it
, start
)
9546 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
9548 struct glyph_row
*start
;
9550 struct glyph_row
*row
, *row_found
;
9552 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
9553 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
9556 row
= start
? start
: MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix
);
9557 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
9559 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
9561 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= it
->last_visible_y
)
9570 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
9571 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
9572 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
9574 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
9575 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
9576 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
9577 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
9578 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
9581 static struct glyph_row
*
9582 get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w
)
9585 int first_changed_pos
= BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
;
9586 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9587 struct glyph_row
*row_found
= NULL
;
9588 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
9590 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
9591 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
9592 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
9593 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) < first_changed_pos
)
9595 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
9596 except in some case. */
9597 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) <= first_changed_pos
9598 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
9600 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
9601 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
9602 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
9604 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == first_changed_pos
9605 && row
->continued_p
))
9608 /* Stop if last visible row. */
9609 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= yb
)
9619 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
9620 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
9621 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
9622 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
9623 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
9624 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
9625 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
9627 static struct glyph_row
*
9628 get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w
, delta
, delta_bytes
)
9630 int *delta
, *delta_bytes
;
9632 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9633 struct glyph_row
*row_found
= NULL
;
9635 *delta
= *delta_bytes
= 0;
9637 /* A value of window_end_pos >= end_unchanged means that the window
9638 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
9639 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
9640 xassert (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
));
9641 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) >= END_UNCHANGED
)
9644 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
9645 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
9647 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
9648 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
9650 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
9651 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
9652 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
9653 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
9654 positions for characters not in changed text. */
9655 int Z_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
9656 int Z_BYTE_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + w
->window_end_bytepos
;
9657 int last_unchanged_pos
, last_unchanged_pos_old
;
9658 struct glyph_row
*first_text_row
9659 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
9662 *delta_bytes
= Z_BYTE
- Z_BYTE_old
;
9664 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
9665 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
9666 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
9667 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
9668 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
9670 last_unchanged_pos
= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
+ BEG
;
9671 last_unchanged_pos_old
= last_unchanged_pos
- *delta
;
9673 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
9674 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
9675 while (row
>= first_text_row
)
9677 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
9678 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
));
9680 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) >= last_unchanged_pos_old
)
9686 xassert (!row_found
|| MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found
));
9691 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
9692 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
9693 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
9694 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
9695 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
9698 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w
)
9701 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9702 struct glyph_row
*window_row
, *window_row_end
, *frame_row
;
9704 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
9705 must have a frame matrix. */
9706 xassert (NILP (w
->hchild
) && NILP (w
->vchild
));
9707 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
));
9708 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
));
9710 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
9711 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
9712 corresponding frame matrix. */
9713 window_row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
9714 window_row_end
= window_row
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
;
9715 frame_row
= f
->current_matrix
->rows
+ XFASTINT (w
->top
);
9716 while (window_row
< window_row_end
)
9720 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
<= LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
9721 frame_row
->glyphs
[area
] = window_row
->glyphs
[area
];
9723 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
9724 been disabled in try_window_id. */
9725 if (!window_row
->enabled_p
)
9726 frame_row
->enabled_p
= 0;
9728 ++window_row
, ++frame_row
;
9733 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
9734 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
9735 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
9736 containing CHARPOS or null. */
9738 static struct glyph_row
*
9739 row_containing_pos (w
, charpos
, start
, end
)
9742 struct glyph_row
*start
, *end
;
9744 struct glyph_row
*row
= start
;
9747 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
9748 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
9751 if ((end
&& row
>= end
) || !row
->enabled_p
)
9754 last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
9756 while ((end
== NULL
|| row
< end
)
9757 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) < charpos
9758 /* The end position of a row equals the start
9759 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
9760 would rather display it in the next line, except
9761 when this line ends in ZV. */
9762 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == charpos
9763 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)
9764 || !row
->ends_at_zv_p
)))
9765 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
)
9768 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
9769 if ((end
&& row
>= end
)
9770 || charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
9771 || charpos
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
9778 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
9779 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
9780 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
9784 1 if display has been updated
9785 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
9786 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
9788 The following steps are performed:
9790 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
9791 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
9794 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
9795 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
9797 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
9798 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
9801 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
9803 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
9804 display and current matrix as needed.
9806 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
9807 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
9808 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
9809 in smaller font sizes.
9811 7. Update W's window end information. */
9813 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
9819 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9820 struct glyph_matrix
*current_matrix
= w
->current_matrix
;
9821 struct glyph_matrix
*desired_matrix
= w
->desired_matrix
;
9822 struct glyph_row
*last_unchanged_at_beg_row
;
9823 struct glyph_row
*first_unchanged_at_end_row
;
9824 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9825 struct glyph_row
*bottom_row
;
9828 int delta
= 0, delta_bytes
= 0, stop_pos
, dvpos
, dy
;
9829 struct text_pos start_pos
;
9831 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
= 0;
9832 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
, *last_text_row_at_end
;
9833 struct text_pos start
;
9835 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start
, w
->start
);
9837 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
9838 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
9839 xassert (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
));
9840 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
9841 || (line_ins_del_ok
&& WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)));
9843 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
9844 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
9845 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
9846 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
9847 if (MODIFF
> SAVE_MODIFF
)
9849 if (GPT
- BEG
< BEG_UNCHANGED
)
9850 BEG_UNCHANGED
= GPT
- BEG
;
9851 if (Z
- GPT
< END_UNCHANGED
)
9852 END_UNCHANGED
= Z
- GPT
;
9855 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
9856 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
9857 This case happens with stealth-fontification. */
9858 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
9859 if (CHARPOS (start
) > BEGV
9860 && Z
- END_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (start
) - 1
9861 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start
) - 1) == '\n'
9862 && PT
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
9864 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9865 size has changed. */
9867 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
9868 w
->window_end_bytepos
9869 = make_number (Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
));
9873 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
9874 window, and if PT is in the window. */
9875 if (BEG_UNCHANGED
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
9876 && PT
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
9878 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9879 size has changed. */
9881 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
9882 w
->window_end_bytepos
9883 = make_number (Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
));
9887 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
9888 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
9889 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
9891 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
9892 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start
, row
->start
.pos
))
9895 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
9896 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
9897 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
9898 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
9899 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
9900 first line of window. */
9901 last_unchanged_at_beg_row
= get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w
);
9902 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
9904 init_to_row_end (&it
, w
, last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
9905 start_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
9907 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
9908 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
9909 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
9910 it
.vpos
= 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
,
9912 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
9913 it
.current_y
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
9915 xassert (it
.hpos
== 0 && it
.current_x
== 0);
9919 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
9920 Start displaying in the first line. */
9921 start_display (&it
, w
, start
);
9922 start_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
9925 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
9926 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
9927 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
9928 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
9929 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
9931 first_unchanged_at_end_row
9932 = get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w
, &delta
, &delta_bytes
);
9933 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta
= delta
);
9934 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes
= delta_bytes
);
9936 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
9937 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
9938 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
9939 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
9940 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
9942 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
9944 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
== NULL
9945 || first_unchanged_at_end_row
>= last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
9947 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
9948 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
9949 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
9950 not displaying text. */
9951 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
9952 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
9953 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
9954 < it
.last_visible_y
))
9955 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row
;
9957 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
9958 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
9959 >= it
.last_visible_y
))
9960 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
9963 stop_pos
= (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
9965 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
9966 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
, current_matrix
);
9967 xassert (stop_pos
>= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
);
9970 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
== NULL
)
9976 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
9977 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
9978 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
9979 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
9980 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
));
9982 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
9983 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
9984 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
, current_matrix
)
9986 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
= first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
9988 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9991 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
9992 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
9993 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
9994 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
9995 last_text_row
= NULL
;
9996 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
9997 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
9999 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
10000 || IT_CHARPOS (it
) < stop_pos
))
10002 if (display_line (&it
))
10003 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
10006 if (fonts_changed_p
)
10010 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
10011 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
10013 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10014 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
10015 bottom of the window. */
10016 && it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
10019 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
,
10021 dy
= it
.current_y
- first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
;
10022 run
.current_y
= first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
;
10023 run
.desired_y
= run
.current_y
+ dy
;
10024 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- max (run
.current_y
, run
.desired_y
);
10028 delta
= dvpos
= dy
= run
.current_y
= run
.desired_y
= run
.height
= 0;
10029 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
10031 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos
= dvpos
; debug_dy
= dy
);
10034 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
10035 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
10036 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
10037 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
10038 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
10039 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
10040 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
10041 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
10042 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
10044 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
10045 if (PT
< CHARPOS (start_pos
)
10046 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
10048 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
,
10049 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
10050 last_unchanged_at_beg_row
+ 1);
10051 xassert (row
&& row
<= last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
10052 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10055 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
10056 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
10058 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
- delta
,
10059 first_unchanged_at_end_row
, NULL
);
10061 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, delta
,
10062 delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
);
10065 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
10066 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
10068 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
10073 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
10075 int this_scroll_margin
, cursor_height
;
10077 this_scroll_margin
= max (0, scroll_margin
);
10078 this_scroll_margin
= min (this_scroll_margin
,
10079 XFASTINT (w
->height
) / 4);
10080 this_scroll_margin
*= CANON_Y_UNIT (it
.f
);
10081 cursor_height
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)->height
;
10083 if ((w
->cursor
.y
< this_scroll_margin
10084 && CHARPOS (start
) > BEGV
)
10085 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
10086 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
10087 || w
->cursor
.y
+ cursor_height
> it
.last_visible_y
)
10089 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
10090 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
10095 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
10096 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
10102 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
10104 rif
->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
10105 rif
->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
10106 rif
->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0);
10110 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
10111 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
10112 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10113 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
10114 int from
= XFASTINT (w
->top
) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
10115 int end
= XFASTINT (w
->top
) + window_internal_height (w
);
10117 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
10120 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
10121 window down dvpos lines. */
10122 set_terminal_window (end
);
10124 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
10125 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
10126 if (!scroll_region_ok
)
10127 ins_del_lines (end
- dvpos
, -dvpos
);
10129 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
10130 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10131 ins_del_lines (from
, dvpos
);
10133 else if (dvpos
< 0)
10135 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
10136 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
10137 set_terminal_window (end
);
10139 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
10140 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
10141 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
10143 ins_del_lines (from
+ dvpos
, dvpos
);
10145 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
10147 if (!scroll_region_ok
)
10148 ins_del_lines (end
+ dvpos
, -dvpos
);
10151 set_terminal_window (0);
10157 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
10158 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
10160 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
, w
);
10161 bottom_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, current_matrix
);
10164 rotate_matrix (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
10165 bottom_vpos
, dvpos
);
10166 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
, bottom_vpos
+ dvpos
,
10169 else if (dvpos
> 0)
10171 rotate_matrix (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
,
10172 bottom_vpos
, dvpos
);
10173 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
,
10174 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
, 0);
10177 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
10178 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
10179 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
10180 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w
);
10182 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
10184 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (current_matrix
,
10185 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
10186 bottom_vpos
, delta
, delta_bytes
);
10188 /* Adjust Y positions. */
10190 shift_glyph_matrix (w
, current_matrix
,
10191 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
10194 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
10195 first_unchanged_at_end_row
+= dvpos
;
10197 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
10199 last_text_row_at_end
= NULL
;
10202 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
10203 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
10204 the matrix by dvpos. */
10205 int last_vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) + dvpos
;
10206 struct glyph_row
*last_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix
, last_vpos
);
10208 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
10209 xassert (last_row
->displays_text_p
);
10211 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
10212 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
10213 line following it. */
10214 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row
) - dy
>= it
.last_visible_y
)
10216 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, last_row
);
10217 it
.vpos
= last_vpos
;
10218 it
.current_y
= last_row
->y
;
10222 init_to_row_end (&it
, w
, last_row
);
10223 it
.vpos
= 1 + last_vpos
;
10224 it
.current_y
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row
);
10228 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
10229 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
10230 it
.continuation_lines_width
= last_row
->continuation_lines_width
;
10231 it
.hpos
= it
.current_x
= 0;
10233 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
10234 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
10235 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
10236 && !fonts_changed_p
)
10238 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
10239 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
10240 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
10241 enabled_p flag to zero. */
10242 MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, it
.vpos
)->enabled_p
= 0;
10243 if (display_line (&it
))
10244 last_text_row_at_end
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
10248 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
10249 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10250 && first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
< it
.last_visible_y
10251 && !last_text_row_at_end
)
10253 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
10254 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
10255 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
10257 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row
->displays_text_p
);
10258 row
= find_last_row_displaying_text (w
->current_matrix
, &it
,
10259 first_unchanged_at_end_row
);
10260 xassert (row
&& MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
));
10262 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
, Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
10263 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
10264 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
,
10265 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
));
10267 else if (last_text_row_at_end
)
10269 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
,
10270 Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end
));
10271 w
->window_end_bytepos
10272 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end
);
10273 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
,
10274 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end
, desired_matrix
));
10276 else if (last_text_row
)
10278 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
10279 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
10280 in the desired matrix. */
10281 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
,
10282 Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
10283 w
->window_end_bytepos
10284 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
10285 XSETFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
,
10286 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, desired_matrix
));
10288 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
10289 && last_text_row
== NULL
10290 && last_text_row_at_end
== NULL
)
10292 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
10293 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
10295 int header_line_p
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0;
10297 for (vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
); vpos
> 0; --vpos
)
10298 if ((w
->desired_matrix
->rows
[vpos
+ header_line_p
].enabled_p
10299 && w
->desired_matrix
->rows
[vpos
+ header_line_p
].displays_text_p
)
10300 || (!w
->desired_matrix
->rows
[vpos
+ header_line_p
].enabled_p
10301 && w
->current_matrix
->rows
[vpos
+ header_line_p
].displays_text_p
))
10304 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (vpos
);
10309 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
10310 debug_end_vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
10312 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
10313 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
10314 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
10320 /***********************************************************************
10321 More debugging support
10322 ***********************************************************************/
10326 void dump_glyph_row
P_ ((struct glyph_matrix
*, int, int));
10327 static void dump_glyph_matrix
P_ ((struct glyph_matrix
*, int));
10330 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr. If
10331 WITH_GLYPHS_P is non-zero, dump glyph contents as well. */
10334 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix
, with_glyphs_p
)
10335 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
10339 for (i
= 0; i
< matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
10340 dump_glyph_row (matrix
, i
, with_glyphs_p
);
10344 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
10345 WITH_GLYPH_SP non-zero means dump glyph contents, too. */
10348 dump_glyph_row (matrix
, vpos
, with_glyphs_p
)
10349 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
10350 int vpos
, with_glyphs_p
;
10352 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10354 if (vpos
< 0 || vpos
>= matrix
->nrows
)
10357 row
= MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, vpos
);
10359 fprintf (stderr
, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZF X Y W\n");
10360 fprintf (stderr
, "=============================================\n");
10362 fprintf (stderr
, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d\n",
10363 row
- matrix
->rows
,
10364 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
),
10365 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
),
10366 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
10367 row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
,
10370 row
->truncated_on_left_p
,
10371 row
->truncated_on_right_p
,
10372 row
->overlay_arrow_p
,
10374 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
),
10375 row
->displays_text_p
,
10381 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n", row
->start
.overlay_string_index
,
10382 row
->end
.overlay_string_index
);
10383 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n",
10384 CHARPOS (row
->start
.string_pos
),
10385 CHARPOS (row
->end
.string_pos
));
10386 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n", row
->start
.dpvec_index
,
10387 row
->end
.dpvec_index
);
10391 struct glyph
*glyph
, *glyph_end
;
10392 int prev_had_glyphs_p
;
10394 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
10395 glyph_end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10397 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
10398 if (glyph
== glyph_end
&& glyph
->charpos
> 0)
10401 if (glyph
< glyph_end
)
10403 fprintf (stderr
, " Glyph Type Pos W Code C Face LR\n");
10404 prev_had_glyphs_p
= 1;
10407 prev_had_glyphs_p
= 0;
10409 while (glyph
< glyph_end
)
10411 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
10414 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10415 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
10418 glyph
->pixel_width
,
10420 (glyph
->u
.ch
.code
< 0x80 && glyph
->u
.ch
.code
>= ' '
10423 glyph
->u
.ch
.face_id
,
10424 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
10425 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
10427 else if (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
10430 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10431 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
10434 glyph
->pixel_width
,
10437 glyph
->u
.stretch
.face_id
,
10438 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
10439 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
10441 else if (glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
10444 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10445 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
10448 glyph
->pixel_width
,
10451 glyph
->u
.img
.face_id
,
10452 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
10453 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
10461 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix
,
10462 Sdump_glyph_matrix
, 0, 1, "p",
10463 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
10464 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil optional\n\
10465 parameter WITH-GLYPHS-P, dump glyphs as well.")
10468 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
10469 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
10471 fprintf (stderr
, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
10472 BUF_PT (buffer
), BUF_BEGV (buffer
), BUF_ZV (buffer
));
10473 fprintf (stderr
, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
10474 w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
, w
->cursor
.hpos
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
10475 fprintf (stderr
, "=============================================\n");
10476 dump_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
, !NILP (with_glyphs_p
));
10481 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row
, Sdump_glyph_row
, 1, 1, "",
10482 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.")
10486 CHECK_NUMBER (row
, 0);
10487 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window
)->current_matrix
, XINT (row
), 1);
10492 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row
, Sdump_tool_bar_row
,
10496 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
10497 struct glyph_matrix
*m
= (XWINDOW (sf
->tool_bar_window
)
10499 dump_glyph_row (m
, 0, 1);
10504 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle
,
10505 Strace_redisplay_toggle
, 0, 0, "",
10506 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
10509 trace_redisplay_p
= !trace_redisplay_p
;
10514 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
10518 /***********************************************************************
10519 Building Desired Matrix Rows
10520 ***********************************************************************/
10522 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
10523 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
10525 static struct glyph_row
*
10526 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w
)
10529 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
10530 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
10531 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
10532 unsigned char *arrow_string
= XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string
)->data
;
10533 int arrow_len
= XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string
)->size
;
10534 unsigned char *arrow_end
= arrow_string
+ arrow_len
;
10538 int n_glyphs_before
;
10540 set_buffer_temp (buffer
);
10541 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
10542 it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 0;
10543 SET_TEXT_POS (it
.position
, 0, 0);
10545 multibyte_p
= !NILP (buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
10547 while (p
< arrow_end
)
10549 Lisp_Object face
, ilisp
;
10551 /* Get the next character. */
10553 it
.c
= string_char_and_length (p
, arrow_len
, &it
.len
);
10555 it
.c
= *p
, it
.len
= 1;
10558 /* Get its face. */
10559 XSETFASTINT (ilisp
, p
- arrow_string
);
10560 face
= Fget_text_property (ilisp
, Qface
, Voverlay_arrow_string
);
10561 it
.face_id
= compute_char_face (f
, it
.c
, face
);
10563 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
10564 n_glyphs_before
= it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10565 SET_TEXT_POS (it
.position
, -1, -1);
10566 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it
);
10568 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
10569 to remove some glyphs. */
10570 if (it
.current_x
> it
.last_visible_x
)
10572 it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
10577 set_buffer_temp (old
);
10578 return it
.glyph_row
;
10582 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
10583 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
10584 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
10585 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
10586 produce_special_glyphs. */
10589 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
)
10592 struct it truncate_it
;
10593 struct glyph
*from
, *end
, *to
, *toend
;
10595 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
));
10597 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
10599 truncate_it
.charset
= -1;
10600 truncate_it
.current_x
= 0;
10601 truncate_it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10602 truncate_it
.glyph_row
= &scratch_glyph_row
;
10603 truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 0;
10604 CHARPOS (truncate_it
.position
) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it
.position
) = -1;
10605 truncate_it
.object
= 0;
10606 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
10608 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
10609 from
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
10610 end
= from
+ truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10611 to
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
10612 toend
= to
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10617 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
10619 while (from
< toend
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from
))
10621 while (from
< toend
)
10624 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = to
- it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
10628 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
10630 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
10631 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
10632 structure. This is not the case if
10634 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
10635 and max_height will be zero.
10637 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
10638 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
10639 pixmap extensions).
10641 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
10642 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
10643 must not be zero. */
10646 compute_line_metrics (it
)
10649 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
10652 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
10654 int i
, header_line_height
;
10656 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
10657 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
10659 if (row
->height
== 0)
10661 if (it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
== 0)
10662 it
->max_descent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= CANON_Y_UNIT (it
->f
);
10663 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
10664 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
10665 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
10666 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
10669 /* Compute the width of this line. */
10670 row
->pixel_width
= row
->x
;
10671 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; ++i
)
10672 row
->pixel_width
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
10674 xassert (row
->pixel_width
>= 0);
10675 xassert (row
->ascent
>= 0 && row
->height
> 0);
10677 row
->overlapping_p
= (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
)
10678 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
));
10680 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
10681 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
10682 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
10683 if (row
== it
->w
->desired_matrix
->rows
10684 && row
->phys_ascent
> row
->ascent
)
10686 row
->height
+= row
->phys_ascent
- row
->ascent
;
10687 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
;
10690 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
10691 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
10693 header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->w
);
10694 if (row
->y
< header_line_height
)
10695 row
->visible_height
-= header_line_height
- row
->y
;
10698 int max_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it
->w
);
10699 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
10700 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
10705 row
->pixel_width
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10706 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
= 0;
10707 row
->height
= row
->phys_height
= row
->visible_height
= 1;
10710 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
10712 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
10713 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
]; ++i
)
10714 row
->hash
= ((((row
->hash
<< 4) + (row
->hash
>> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
10715 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].u
.val
10716 + (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].type
<< 2));
10718 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
10719 it
->max_phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= 0;
10723 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
10724 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
10725 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
10726 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
10728 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
10729 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
10730 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
10731 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
10733 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
10734 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
10737 append_space (it
, default_face_p
)
10739 int default_face_p
;
10741 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
10743 int n
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10745 if (it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n
10746 < it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[1 + TEXT_AREA
])
10748 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10749 int saved_x
= it
->current_x
;
10750 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
10751 int saved_what
= it
->what
;
10752 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
10753 int saved_charset
= it
->charset
;
10754 Lisp_Object saved_object
;
10756 saved_object
= it
->object
;
10757 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
10759 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
10760 bzero (&it
->position
, sizeof it
->position
);
10764 it
->charset
= CHARSET_ASCII
;
10766 if (default_face_p
)
10767 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10768 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
10769 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, CHARSET_ASCII
);
10771 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, -1);
10773 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
10775 it
->current_x
= saved_x
;
10776 it
->object
= saved_object
;
10777 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
10778 it
->what
= saved_what
;
10779 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
10780 it
->charset
= saved_charset
;
10789 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
10790 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
10791 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
10792 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
10795 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
)
10799 struct frame
*f
= it
->f
;
10801 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
10802 if (it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
10805 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
10806 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
10807 of the frame, we haven't to do anything. */
10808 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, it
->face_id
);
10809 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
10810 && face
->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
10811 && face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
10815 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
10816 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
10817 it
->glyph_row
->fill_line_p
= 1;
10819 /* If current charset of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
10820 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
10821 get_next_display_element returns a character from a different
10822 charset. Note that the charset will always be ASCII in unibyte
10824 if (it
->charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
10826 it
->charset
= CHARSET_ASCII
;
10827 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f
, it
->face_id
, CHARSET_ASCII
);
10830 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
10832 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
10833 so that we know which face to draw. */
10834 if (it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 0)
10836 it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][0] = space_glyph
;
10837 it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][0].u
.ch
.face_id
= it
->face_id
;
10838 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 1;
10843 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10844 int saved_x
= it
->current_x
;
10845 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
10846 Lisp_Object saved_object
;
10847 int saved_what
= it
->what
;
10849 saved_object
= it
->object
;
10850 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
10852 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
10853 bzero (&it
->position
, sizeof it
->position
);
10858 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
10860 while (it
->current_x
<= it
->last_visible_x
)
10861 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
10863 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
10864 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
10865 it
->current_x
= saved_x
;
10866 it
->object
= saved_object
;
10867 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
10868 it
->what
= saved_what
;
10873 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
10874 trailing whitespace. */
10877 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos
)
10880 int bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
10883 while (bytepos
< ZV_BYTE
10884 && (c
= FETCH_CHAR (bytepos
),
10885 c
== ' ' || c
== '\t'))
10888 if (bytepos
>= ZV_BYTE
|| c
== '\n' || c
== '\r')
10890 if (bytepos
!= PT_BYTE
)
10897 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
10900 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f
, row
)
10902 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10904 int used
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10908 struct glyph
*start
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
10909 struct glyph
*glyph
= start
+ used
- 1;
10911 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
10912 cursor at the end of a line. */
10913 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
10914 && glyph
->u
.ch
.code
== ' '
10915 && glyph
->object
== 0)
10918 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
10919 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
10920 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
10922 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
10923 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
10924 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
10925 && glyph
->u
.ch
.code
== ' '))
10926 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph
->charpos
))
10928 int face_id
= lookup_named_face (f
, Qtrailing_whitespace
,
10931 while (glyph
>= start
10932 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
10933 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
10934 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
10935 && glyph
->u
.ch
.code
== ' ')))
10937 if (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
10938 glyph
->u
.stretch
.face_id
= face_id
;
10940 glyph
->u
.ch
.face_id
= face_id
;
10948 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
10949 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
10950 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
10951 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
10958 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
10960 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
10961 xassert (it
->hpos
== 0 && it
->current_x
== 0);
10963 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
10964 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
10965 < it
->w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
);
10967 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
10968 it
->w
->region_showing
= it
->region_beg_charpos
> 0 ? Qt
: Qnil
;
10970 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
10971 prepare_desired_row (row
);
10973 row
->y
= it
->current_y
;
10974 row
->start
= it
->current
;
10975 row
->continuation_lines_width
= it
->continuation_lines_width
;
10976 row
->displays_text_p
= 1;
10978 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
10979 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
10980 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
10981 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
10982 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
10983 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
10985 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
10986 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
10987 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
10988 if (it
->current_x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
10989 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, ZV
, it
->first_visible_x
,
10990 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
);
10992 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
10993 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
10994 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
10995 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
10996 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
10997 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
10999 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
11000 character to display. */
11003 int n_glyphs_before
, hpos_before
, x_before
;
11006 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
11008 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
11010 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
11011 display the cursor there under X. */
11012 if (append_space (it
, 1) && row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 1)
11014 /* The position -1 below indicates a blank line not
11015 corresponding to any text, as opposed to an empty line
11016 corresponding to a line end. */
11017 row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
= -1;
11018 row
->displays_text_p
= 0;
11020 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it
->w
->buffer
)->indicate_empty_lines
))
11021 row
->indicate_empty_line_p
= 1;
11024 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
11025 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
11029 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
11030 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
11031 n_glyphs_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
11033 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
11035 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
11037 if (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
11039 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
11040 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
11041 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
11042 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
11043 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
11044 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
11048 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
11049 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
11050 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
11051 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
11052 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
11053 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
11054 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
11055 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
11056 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
11057 nglyphs
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
11058 hpos_before
= it
->hpos
;
11062 && it
->current_x
< it
->last_visible_x
)
11065 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
11066 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
11067 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
11068 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
11069 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
11070 if (it
->current_x
- it
->pixel_width
< it
->first_visible_x
)
11071 row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
11076 struct glyph
*glyph
;
11078 for (i
= 0; i
< nglyphs
; ++i
, x
= new_x
)
11080 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
11081 new_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
11083 if (/* Lines are continued. */
11084 !it
->truncate_lines_p
11085 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
11086 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
11087 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
11088 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
11089 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
11091 /* End of a continued line. */
11094 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
11095 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)))
11097 /* Current glyph fits exactly on the line. We
11098 must continue the line because we can't draw
11099 the cursor after the glyph. */
11100 row
->continued_p
= 1;
11101 it
->current_x
= new_x
;
11102 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= new_x
;
11104 if (i
== nglyphs
- 1)
11105 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
11109 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
11110 the window. Restore positions to values
11111 before the element. The next line starts
11112 with current_x before the glyph that could
11113 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
11114 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
11116 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
11117 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
11118 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
11119 row
->continued_p
= 1;
11122 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x
;
11126 else if (new_x
> it
->first_visible_x
)
11128 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
11131 if (x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
11132 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
11133 negative X position. */
11134 row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
11138 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
11139 window. This should not happen because of the
11140 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
11146 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
11147 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
11148 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
11149 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
11150 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
11152 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
11153 if (row
->continued_p
)
11157 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
11158 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
11159 margin of the window. */
11160 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
11162 int used_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
11164 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
11165 display the cursor there. */
11166 append_space (it
, 0);
11168 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
11169 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
11171 /* Make sure we have the position. */
11172 if (used_before
== 0)
11173 row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
11175 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
11176 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
11177 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
11181 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
11182 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
11183 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
11185 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
11186 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
11187 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
11188 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
11189 ? (it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
11190 : (it
->current_x
> it
->last_visible_x
)))
11192 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
11193 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
11195 --it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
11196 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
11199 row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 1;
11200 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
11201 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
11202 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) != '\n';
11203 it
->hpos
= hpos_before
;
11204 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
11209 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
11210 at the left window margin. */
11211 if (it
->first_visible_x
11212 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
))
11214 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
11215 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
);
11216 row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 1;
11219 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
11220 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
11221 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
11222 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
11223 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position
)
11224 && current_buffer
== XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position
)->buffer
11225 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
11226 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position
))
11227 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string
)
11228 && ! overlay_arrow_seen
)
11230 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
11231 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
11233 struct glyph_row
*arrow_row
= get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it
->w
);
11234 struct glyph
*glyph
= arrow_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
11235 struct glyph
*arrow_end
= glyph
+ arrow_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
11236 struct glyph
*p
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
11237 struct glyph
*p2
, *end
;
11239 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
11240 while (glyph
< arrow_end
)
11243 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
11245 end
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
11246 while (p2
< end
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2
))
11252 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = p2
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
11256 overlay_arrow_seen
= 1;
11257 row
->overlay_arrow_p
= 1;
11260 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
11261 compute_line_metrics (it
);
11263 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
11264 row
->end
= it
->current
;
11266 /* Maybe set the cursor. If you change this, it's probably a good
11267 idea to also change the code in redisplay_window for cursor
11268 movement in an unchanged window. */
11269 if (it
->w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0
11270 && PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
11271 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) >= PT
11272 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
11273 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)
11274 || !row
->ends_at_zv_p
)))
11275 set_cursor_from_row (it
->w
, row
, it
->w
->desired_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11277 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
11278 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
11279 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it
->f
, it
->glyph_row
);
11281 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
11282 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
11283 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
11285 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
11286 it
->current_y
+= row
->height
;
11289 return row
->displays_text_p
;
11294 /***********************************************************************
11296 ***********************************************************************/
11298 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
11300 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
11301 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
11303 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
11304 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
11305 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
11306 for the menu bar. */
11309 display_menu_bar (w
)
11312 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
11317 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
11319 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system
))
11322 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11327 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11328 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
));
11329 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, f
->desired_matrix
->rows
, MENU_FACE_ID
);
11330 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
11331 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
11332 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11333 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
11335 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
11336 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
11337 struct window
*menu_w
;
11338 xassert (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
));
11339 menu_w
= XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
);
11340 init_iterator (&it
, menu_w
, -1, -1, menu_w
->desired_matrix
->rows
,
11342 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
11343 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
11347 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
11349 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, f
->desired_matrix
->rows
,
11351 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
11352 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_WIDTH (f
);
11354 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11356 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
11357 for (i
= 0; i
< FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
); ++i
)
11359 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
.glyph_row
+ i
;
11360 clear_glyph_row (row
);
11361 row
->enabled_p
= 1;
11362 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
11365 /* Make the first line of the menu bar appear in reverse video. */
11366 it
.glyph_row
->inverse_p
= mode_line_inverse_video
!= 0;
11368 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
11369 items
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it
.f
);
11370 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECTOR (items
)->size
; i
+= 4)
11372 Lisp_Object string
;
11374 /* Stop at nil string. */
11375 string
= XVECTOR (items
)->contents
[i
+ 1];
11379 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
11380 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items
)->contents
[i
+ 3], it
.hpos
);
11382 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
11383 if (it
.current_x
< it
.last_visible_x
)
11384 display_string (NULL
, string
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
,
11385 XSTRING (string
)->size
+ 1, 0, 0, -1);
11388 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
11389 if (it
.current_x
< it
.last_visible_x
)
11390 display_string ("", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
, -1, 0, 0, -1);
11392 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
11393 compute_line_metrics (&it
);
11398 /***********************************************************************
11400 ***********************************************************************/
11402 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. */
11405 display_mode_lines (w
)
11408 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
11409 line_number_displayed
= 0;
11410 w
->column_number_displayed
= Qnil
;
11412 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
11413 display_mode_line (w
, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
,
11414 current_buffer
->mode_line_format
);
11416 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
11417 display_mode_line (w
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
,
11418 current_buffer
->header_line_format
);
11422 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
11423 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
11424 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. */
11427 display_mode_line (w
, face_id
, format
)
11429 enum face_id face_id
;
11430 Lisp_Object format
;
11435 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, NULL
, face_id
);
11436 prepare_desired_row (it
.glyph_row
);
11438 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
11439 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
11441 push_frame_kboard (it
.f
);
11442 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, 0, 0, format
);
11443 pop_frame_kboard ();
11445 /* Fill up with spaces. */
11446 display_string (" ", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
11448 compute_line_metrics (&it
);
11449 it
.glyph_row
->full_width_p
= 1;
11450 it
.glyph_row
->mode_line_p
= 1;
11451 it
.glyph_row
->inverse_p
= mode_line_inverse_video
!= 0;
11452 it
.glyph_row
->continued_p
= 0;
11453 it
.glyph_row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 0;
11454 it
.glyph_row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 0;
11456 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
11457 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
.f
, face_id
);
11458 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it
);
11459 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
11461 struct glyph
*last
= (it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
11462 + it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1);
11463 last
->right_box_line_p
= 1;
11468 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
11469 translates into text depends on its data type.
11471 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
11473 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
11474 infinite recursion here.
11476 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
11477 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
11478 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
11479 display_string for details. *
11481 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
11484 display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
, precision
, elt
)
11487 int field_width
, precision
;
11490 int n
= 0, field
, prec
;
11498 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt
)))
11502 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
11504 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt
)->data
;
11505 unsigned char *lisp_string
= this;
11507 while ((precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
)
11509 && (frame_title_ptr
11510 || it
->current_x
< it
->last_visible_x
))
11512 unsigned char *last
= this;
11514 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
11515 while ((c
= *this++) != '\0' && c
!= '%')
11518 if (this - 1 != last
)
11520 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
11521 is length of string. Don't output more than
11522 PRECISION allows us. */
11523 prec
= --this - last
;
11524 if (precision
> 0 && prec
> precision
- n
)
11525 prec
= precision
- n
;
11527 if (frame_title_ptr
)
11528 n
+= store_frame_title (last
, prec
, prec
);
11530 n
+= display_string (NULL
, elt
, Qnil
, 0, last
- lisp_string
,
11531 it
, 0, prec
, 0, -1);
11533 else /* c == '%' */
11535 unsigned char *percent_position
= this;
11537 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
11540 while ((c
= *this++) >= '0' && c
<= '9')
11541 field
= field
* 10 + c
- '0';
11543 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
11544 if (field_width
- n
> 0 && field
> field_width
- n
)
11545 field
= field_width
- n
;
11547 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
11548 prec
= precision
- n
;
11551 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field
, prec
,
11552 Vglobal_mode_string
);
11555 unsigned char *spec
11556 = decode_mode_spec (it
->w
, c
, field
, prec
);
11558 if (frame_title_ptr
)
11559 n
+= store_frame_title (spec
, field
, prec
);
11563 = it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
11565 = percent_position
- XSTRING (elt
)->data
;
11567 = display_string (spec
, Qnil
, elt
, charpos
, 0, it
,
11568 field
, prec
, 0, -1);
11570 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
11571 string where the `%x' came from, position
11575 struct glyph
*glyph
11576 = (it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
11580 for (i
= 0; i
< nwritten
; ++i
)
11582 glyph
[i
].object
= elt
;
11583 glyph
[i
].charpos
= charpos
;
11596 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
11597 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
11598 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
11601 register Lisp_Object tem
;
11602 tem
= Fboundp (elt
);
11605 tem
= Fsymbol_value (elt
);
11606 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
11607 don't check for % within it. */
11610 prec
= XSTRING (tem
)->size
;
11611 if (precision
> 0 && prec
> precision
- n
)
11612 prec
= precision
- n
;
11613 if (frame_title_ptr
)
11614 n
+= store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem
)->data
, -1, prec
);
11616 n
+= display_string (NULL
, tem
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
,
11619 else if (!EQ (tem
, elt
))
11621 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
11631 register Lisp_Object car
, tem
;
11633 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
11634 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
11635 and effectively concatenate them.
11636 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
11637 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
11638 to at least that many characters.
11639 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
11640 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
11642 if (EQ (car
, QCeval
) && CONSP (XCDR (elt
)))
11644 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
11645 and use the result as mode line elements. */
11646 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
11649 spec
= eval_form (XCAR (XCDR (elt
)));
11651 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
11652 precision
- n
, spec
);
11655 else if (SYMBOLP (car
))
11657 tem
= Fboundp (car
);
11661 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
11662 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
11665 tem
= Fsymbol_value (car
);
11672 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
11673 Get the cddr of the original list
11674 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
11678 else if (!CONSP (elt
))
11683 else if (INTEGERP (car
))
11685 register int lim
= XINT (car
);
11689 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
11690 if (precision
<= 0)
11693 precision
= min (precision
, -lim
);
11697 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
11698 current maximum. */
11700 lim
= min (precision
, lim
);
11702 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
11703 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
11704 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
11705 field_width
= max (lim
, field_width
);
11709 else if (STRINGP (car
) || CONSP (car
))
11711 register int limit
= 50;
11712 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
11715 && (precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
))
11717 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
11718 precision
- n
, XCAR (elt
));
11727 if (frame_title_ptr
)
11728 n
+= store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision
- n
);
11730 n
+= display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
, 0,
11731 precision
- n
, 0, 0);
11735 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
11736 if (field_width
> 0 && n
< field_width
)
11738 if (frame_title_ptr
)
11739 n
+= store_frame_title ("", field_width
- n
, 0);
11741 n
+= display_string ("", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
, field_width
- n
,
11749 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
11750 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
11753 pint2str (buf
, width
, d
)
11754 register char *buf
;
11755 register int width
;
11758 register char *p
= buf
;
11766 *p
++ = d
% 10 + '0';
11771 for (width
-= (int) (p
- buf
); width
> 0; --width
)
11782 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
11783 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
11784 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
11786 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type
[] = "(*invalid*)";
11789 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system
, buf
, eol_flag
)
11790 Lisp_Object coding_system
;
11791 register char *buf
;
11795 int multibyte
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
11796 unsigned char *eol_str
;
11798 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
11799 Lisp_Object eoltype
;
11801 val
= coding_system
;
11803 if (NILP (val
)) /* Not yet decided. */
11808 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
11809 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
11813 Lisp_Object eolvalue
;
11815 eolvalue
= Fget (coding_system
, Qeol_type
);
11817 while (!NILP (val
) && SYMBOLP (val
))
11819 val
= Fget (val
, Qcoding_system
);
11820 if (NILP (eolvalue
))
11821 eolvalue
= Fget (val
, Qeol_type
);
11825 *buf
++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val
)->contents
[1]);
11829 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
11831 if (NILP (eolvalue
)) /* Not yet decided. */
11832 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
11833 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue
)) /* Not yet decided. */
11834 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
11835 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
11836 eoltype
= (XFASTINT (eolvalue
) == 0
11837 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
11838 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue
) == 1
11839 ? eol_mnemonic_dos
: eol_mnemonic_mac
));
11845 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
11846 if (STRINGP (eoltype
))
11848 eol_str
= XSTRING (eoltype
)->data
;
11849 eol_str_len
= XSTRING (eoltype
)->size
;
11851 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype
)
11852 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype
), 0))
11854 unsigned char work
[4];
11856 eol_str_len
= CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype
), work
, eol_str
);
11860 eol_str
= invalid_eol_type
;
11861 eol_str_len
= sizeof (invalid_eol_type
) - 1;
11863 bcopy (eol_str
, buf
, eol_str_len
);
11864 buf
+= eol_str_len
;
11870 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
11871 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
11872 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
11873 string returned with spaces to that value. */
11875 static char lots_of_dashes
[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
11878 decode_mode_spec (w
, c
, field_width
, precision
)
11881 int field_width
, precision
;
11884 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
11885 char *decode_mode_spec_buf
= f
->decode_mode_spec_buffer
;
11886 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
11893 if (!NILP (b
->read_only
))
11895 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
11900 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
11901 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
11903 if (!NILP (b
->read_only
))
11908 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
11909 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
11921 if (command_loop_level
> 5)
11923 p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
11924 for (i
= 0; i
< command_loop_level
; i
++)
11927 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
11935 if (command_loop_level
> 5)
11937 p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
11938 for (i
= 0; i
< command_loop_level
; i
++)
11941 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
11948 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
11949 if (field_width
<= 0
11950 || field_width
> sizeof (lots_of_dashes
))
11952 for (i
= 0; i
< FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
) - 1; ++i
)
11953 decode_mode_spec_buf
[i
] = '-';
11954 decode_mode_spec_buf
[i
] = '\0';
11955 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
11958 return lots_of_dashes
;
11967 int col
= current_column ();
11968 XSETFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
, col
);
11969 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, col
);
11970 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
11974 /* %F displays the frame name. */
11975 if (!NILP (f
->title
))
11976 return (char *) XSTRING (f
->title
)->data
;
11977 if (f
->explicit_name
|| ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
11978 return (char *) XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
;
11987 int startpos
= XMARKER (w
->start
)->charpos
;
11988 int startpos_byte
= marker_byte_position (w
->start
);
11989 int line
, linepos
, linepos_byte
, topline
;
11991 int height
= XFASTINT (w
->height
);
11993 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
11994 don't forget that too fast. */
11995 if (EQ (w
->base_line_pos
, w
->buffer
))
11997 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
11998 else if (BUFFERP (w
->base_line_pos
))
11999 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
12001 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
12002 if (BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
) > line_number_display_limit
)
12004 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
12005 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
12009 if (!NILP (w
->base_line_number
)
12010 && !NILP (w
->base_line_pos
)
12011 && XFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
) <= startpos
)
12013 line
= XFASTINT (w
->base_line_number
);
12014 linepos
= XFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
);
12015 linepos_byte
= buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b
, linepos
);
12020 linepos
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
12021 linepos_byte
= BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b
);
12024 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
12025 nlines
= display_count_lines (linepos
, linepos_byte
,
12029 topline
= nlines
+ line
;
12031 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
12032 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
12033 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
12034 go back past it. */
12035 if (startpos
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
12037 XSETFASTINT (w
->base_line_number
, topline
);
12038 XSETFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
, BUF_BEGV (b
));
12040 else if (nlines
< height
+ 25 || nlines
> height
* 3 + 50
12041 || linepos
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
12043 int limit
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
12044 int limit_byte
= BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b
);
12046 int distance
= (height
* 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width
;
12048 if (startpos
- distance
> limit
)
12050 limit
= startpos
- distance
;
12051 limit_byte
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit
);
12054 nlines
= display_count_lines (startpos
, startpos_byte
,
12056 - (height
* 2 + 30),
12058 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
12059 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
12060 give up on line numbers for this window. */
12061 if (position
== limit_byte
&& limit
== startpos
- distance
)
12063 w
->base_line_pos
= w
->buffer
;
12064 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
12068 XSETFASTINT (w
->base_line_number
, topline
- nlines
);
12069 XSETFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position
));
12072 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
12073 nlines
= display_count_lines (startpos
, startpos_byte
,
12074 PT_BYTE
, PT
, &junk
);
12076 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
12077 line_number_displayed
= 1;
12079 /* Make the string to show. */
12080 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, topline
+ nlines
);
12081 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
12084 char* p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
12085 int pad
= field_width
- 2;
12090 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
12096 obj
= b
->mode_name
;
12100 if (BUF_BEGV (b
) > BUF_BEG (b
) || BUF_ZV (b
) < BUF_Z (b
))
12106 int pos
= marker_position (w
->start
);
12107 int total
= BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
);
12109 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) <= BUF_Z (b
) - BUF_ZV (b
))
12111 if (pos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
12116 else if (pos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
12120 if (total
> 1000000)
12121 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12122 total
= ((pos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) + (total
/ 100) - 1) / (total
/ 100);
12124 total
= ((pos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) * 100 + total
- 1) / total
;
12125 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12126 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12129 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "%2d%%", total
);
12130 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
12134 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
12137 int toppos
= marker_position (w
->start
);
12138 int botpos
= BUF_Z (b
) - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
12139 int total
= BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
);
12141 if (botpos
>= BUF_ZV (b
))
12143 if (toppos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
12150 if (total
> 1000000)
12151 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12152 total
= ((botpos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) + (total
/ 100) - 1) / (total
/ 100);
12154 total
= ((botpos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) * 100 + total
- 1) / total
;
12155 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12156 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12159 if (toppos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
12160 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "Top%2d%%", total
);
12162 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "%2d%%", total
);
12163 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
12168 /* status of process */
12169 obj
= Fget_buffer_process (w
->buffer
);
12171 return "no process";
12172 #ifdef subprocesses
12173 obj
= Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj
));
12177 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
12178 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
12179 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b
);
12185 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
12187 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
12189 int eol_flag
= (c
== 'Z');
12190 char *p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
12192 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
12194 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
12195 to do EOL conversion. */
12196 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding
.symbol
, p
, 0);
12197 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding
.symbol
, p
, 0);
12199 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (b
->buffer_file_coding_system
,
12202 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
12203 #ifdef subprocesses
12204 obj
= Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
12205 if (PROCESSP (obj
))
12207 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj
)->decode_coding_system
,
12209 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj
)->encode_coding_system
,
12212 #endif /* subprocesses */
12215 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
12220 return (char *) XSTRING (obj
)->data
;
12226 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
12227 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
12228 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
12230 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
12233 display_count_lines (start
, start_byte
, limit_byte
, count
, byte_pos_ptr
)
12234 int start
, start_byte
, limit_byte
, count
;
12237 register unsigned char *cursor
;
12238 unsigned char *base
;
12240 register int ceiling
;
12241 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr
;
12242 int orig_count
= count
;
12244 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
12245 check only for newlines. */
12246 int selective_display
= (!NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
12247 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
));
12251 while (start_byte
< limit_byte
)
12253 ceiling
= BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte
);
12254 ceiling
= min (limit_byte
- 1, ceiling
);
12255 ceiling_addr
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling
) + 1;
12256 base
= (cursor
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte
));
12259 if (selective_display
)
12260 while (*cursor
!= '\n' && *cursor
!= 015 && ++cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
12263 while (*cursor
!= '\n' && ++cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
12266 if (cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
12270 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
12271 *byte_pos_ptr
= start_byte
;
12275 if (++cursor
== ceiling_addr
)
12281 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
;
12286 while (start_byte
> limit_byte
)
12288 ceiling
= BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte
- 1);
12289 ceiling
= max (limit_byte
, ceiling
);
12290 ceiling_addr
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling
) - 1;
12291 base
= (cursor
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte
- 1) + 1);
12294 if (selective_display
)
12295 while (--cursor
!= ceiling_addr
12296 && *cursor
!= '\n' && *cursor
!= 015)
12299 while (--cursor
!= ceiling_addr
&& *cursor
!= '\n')
12302 if (cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
12306 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
12307 *byte_pos_ptr
= start_byte
;
12308 /* When scanning backwards, we should
12309 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
12310 return - orig_count
- 1;
12316 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
12317 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
12318 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
12322 *byte_pos_ptr
= limit_byte
;
12325 return - orig_count
+ count
;
12326 return orig_count
- count
;
12332 /***********************************************************************
12334 ***********************************************************************/
12336 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
12338 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
12339 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
12341 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
12342 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
12343 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
12345 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
12346 standard display table, temporarily.
12348 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
12349 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
12350 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
12351 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
12353 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
12354 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
12356 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
12358 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
12359 ----------------------------------------
12365 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
12366 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
12367 enable_multibyte_characters.
12369 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
12372 display_string (string
, lisp_string
, face_string
, face_string_pos
,
12373 start
, it
, field_width
, precision
, max_x
, multibyte
)
12374 unsigned char *string
;
12375 Lisp_Object lisp_string
;
12376 Lisp_Object face_string
;
12377 int face_string_pos
;
12380 int field_width
, precision
, max_x
;
12383 int hpos_at_start
= it
->hpos
;
12384 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
12385 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
12387 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
12388 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
12389 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
12390 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
12391 reseat_to_string (it
, string
, lisp_string
, start
,
12392 precision
, field_width
, multibyte
);
12394 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
12395 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
12396 if (STRINGP (face_string
))
12402 = face_at_string_position (it
->w
, face_string
, face_string_pos
,
12403 0, it
->region_beg_charpos
,
12404 it
->region_end_charpos
,
12405 &endptr
, it
->base_face_id
);
12406 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
12407 it
->face_box_p
= face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
12410 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
12411 beyond the right edge of the window. */
12413 max_x
= it
->last_visible_x
;
12415 max_x
= min (max_x
, it
->last_visible_x
);
12417 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
12419 if (it
->current_x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
12420 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, 100000, it
->first_visible_x
,
12421 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
);
12423 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
12424 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
12425 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
12426 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
12428 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
12429 past last_visible_x. */
12430 while (it
->current_x
< max_x
)
12432 int x_before
, x
, n_glyphs_before
, i
, nglyphs
;
12434 /* Get the next display element. */
12435 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
12438 /* Produce glyphs. */
12439 x_before
= it
->current_x
;
12440 n_glyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
12441 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
12443 nglyphs
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
12446 while (i
< nglyphs
)
12448 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
12450 if (!it
->truncate_lines_p
12451 && x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> max_x
)
12453 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
12454 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
12458 else if (x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> it
->first_visible_x
)
12460 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
12462 if (x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
12463 it
->glyph_row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
12467 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
12468 Should not happen. */
12472 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
12473 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
12474 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
12475 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
12476 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
12477 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12481 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
12485 /* Stop at line ends. */
12486 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
12488 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
12492 set_iterator_to_next (it
);
12494 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
12495 if (it
->truncate_lines_p
12496 && it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
12498 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
12499 truncated at a padding space. */
12500 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->string_nchars
)
12502 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
12503 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
12504 it
->glyph_row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 1;
12510 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
12511 if (it
->first_visible_x
12512 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > 0)
12514 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
12515 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
);
12516 it
->glyph_row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 1;
12519 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
12521 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
12522 return it
->hpos
- hpos_at_start
;
12527 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
12528 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
12529 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
12530 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
12531 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12534 invisible_p (propval
, list
)
12535 register Lisp_Object propval
;
12538 register Lisp_Object tail
, proptail
;
12539 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
12541 register Lisp_Object tem
;
12543 if (EQ (propval
, tem
))
12545 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propval
, XCAR (tem
)))
12548 if (CONSP (propval
))
12549 for (proptail
= propval
; CONSP (proptail
);
12550 proptail
= XCDR (proptail
))
12552 Lisp_Object propelt
;
12553 propelt
= XCAR (proptail
);
12554 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
12556 register Lisp_Object tem
;
12558 if (EQ (propelt
, tem
))
12560 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propelt
, XCAR (tem
)))
12568 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
12569 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
12570 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
12571 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
12572 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12575 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval
, list
)
12576 register Lisp_Object propval
;
12579 register Lisp_Object tail
, proptail
;
12581 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
12583 register Lisp_Object tem
;
12585 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propval
, XCAR (tem
)))
12586 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem
));
12589 if (CONSP (propval
))
12590 for (proptail
= propval
; CONSP (proptail
); proptail
= XCDR (proptail
))
12592 Lisp_Object propelt
;
12593 propelt
= XCAR (proptail
);
12594 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
12596 register Lisp_Object tem
;
12598 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propelt
, XCAR (tem
)))
12599 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem
));
12608 /***********************************************************************
12610 ***********************************************************************/
12615 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= Qnil
;
12616 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
);
12618 Vmessage_stack
= Qnil
;
12619 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack
);
12621 Qinhibit_redisplay
= intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
12622 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay
);
12625 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix
);
12626 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row
);
12627 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row
);
12628 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle
);
12631 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook
);
12632 Qmenu_bar_update_hook
= intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
12634 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
);
12635 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
= intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
12637 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map
);
12638 Qoverriding_local_map
= intern ("overriding-local-map");
12640 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions
);
12641 Qwindow_scroll_functions
= intern ("window-scroll-functions");
12643 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
);
12644 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
= intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
12646 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
);
12647 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
= intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
12649 Qdisplay
= intern ("display");
12650 staticpro (&Qdisplay
);
12651 Qspace_width
= intern ("space-width");
12652 staticpro (&Qspace_width
);
12653 Qheight
= intern ("height");
12654 staticpro (&Qheight
);
12655 Qraise
= intern ("raise");
12656 staticpro (&Qraise
);
12657 Qspace
= intern ("space");
12658 staticpro (&Qspace
);
12659 Qmargin
= intern ("margin");
12660 staticpro (&Qmargin
);
12661 Qleft_margin
= intern ("left-margin");
12662 staticpro (&Qleft_margin
);
12663 Qright_margin
= intern ("right-margin");
12664 staticpro (&Qright_margin
);
12665 Qalign_to
= intern ("align-to");
12666 staticpro (&Qalign_to
);
12667 QCalign_to
= intern (":align-to");
12668 staticpro (&QCalign_to
);
12669 Qwidth
= intern ("width");
12670 staticpro (&Qwidth
);
12671 Qrelative_width
= intern ("relative-width");
12672 staticpro (&Qrelative_width
);
12673 QCrelative_width
= intern (":relative-width");
12674 staticpro (&QCrelative_width
);
12675 QCrelative_height
= intern (":relative-height");
12676 staticpro (&QCrelative_height
);
12677 QCeval
= intern (":eval");
12678 staticpro (&QCeval
);
12679 Qwhen
= intern ("when");
12680 staticpro (&Qwhen
);
12681 QCfile
= intern (":file");
12682 staticpro (&QCfile
);
12683 Qfontified
= intern ("fontified");
12684 staticpro (&Qfontified
);
12685 Qfontification_functions
= intern ("fontification-functions");
12686 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions
);
12687 Qtrailing_whitespace
= intern ("trailing-whitespace");
12688 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace
);
12689 Qimage
= intern ("image");
12690 staticpro (&Qimage
);
12692 last_arrow_position
= Qnil
;
12693 last_arrow_string
= Qnil
;
12694 staticpro (&last_arrow_position
);
12695 staticpro (&last_arrow_string
);
12697 echo_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
12698 staticpro (&echo_buffer
[0]);
12699 staticpro (&echo_buffer
[1]);
12701 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_area_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
12702 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer
[0]);
12703 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer
[1]);
12705 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace
,
12706 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
12707 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
12708 Vshow_trailing_whitespace
= Qnil
;
12710 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay
,
12711 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
12712 This is used for internal purposes.");
12713 Vinhibit_redisplay
= Qnil
;
12715 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string
,
12716 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
12717 Vglobal_mode_string
= Qnil
;
12719 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position
,
12720 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
12721 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
12722 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
12723 Voverlay_arrow_position
= Qnil
;
12725 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string
,
12726 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
12727 Voverlay_arrow_string
= Qnil
;
12729 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step
,
12730 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
12731 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
12732 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.");
12734 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively
,
12735 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.");
12736 scroll_conservatively
= 0;
12738 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin
,
12739 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
12740 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
12741 of the top or bottom of the window.");
12745 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos
, "Don't ask");
12748 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
12749 &truncate_partial_width_windows
,
12750 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
12751 truncate_partial_width_windows
= 1;
12753 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video
,
12754 "*Non-nil means use inverse video for the mode line.");
12755 mode_line_inverse_video
= 1;
12757 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit", &line_number_display_limit
,
12758 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
12759 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
12760 in the mode line.");
12761 line_number_display_limit
= 1000000;
12763 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width", &line_number_display_limit_width
,
12764 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
12765 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
12766 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
12767 line_number_display_limit_width
= 200;
12769 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows
,
12770 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
12771 highlight_nonselected_windows
= 0;
12773 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames
,
12774 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
12775 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
12776 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
12777 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
12779 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format
,
12780 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
12781 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12782 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12783 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12784 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12785 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format
,
12786 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
12787 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12788 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12789 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12790 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12792 = Vframe_title_format
12793 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
12794 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
12795 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
12796 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
12797 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
12798 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
12802 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max
,
12803 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
12804 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
12805 the buffer when it becomes large.");
12806 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max
, 50);
12808 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions
,
12809 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
12810 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
12811 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
12812 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
12813 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
12814 Vwindow_size_change_functions
= Qnil
;
12816 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions
,
12817 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
12818 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
12819 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
12820 is not valid when these functions are called.");
12821 Vwindow_scroll_functions
= Qnil
;
12823 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p
,
12824 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
12825 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
12826 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
12828 auto_resize_tool_bars_p
= 1;
12830 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
,
12831 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
12832 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
= 1;
12834 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin
,
12835 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
12836 tool_bar_button_margin
= 1;
12838 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief
,
12839 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
12840 tool_bar_button_relief
= 3;
12842 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions
,
12843 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
12844 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
12845 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
12846 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
12847 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
12848 Vfontification_functions
= Qnil
;
12849 Fmake_local_variable (Qfontification_functions
);
12851 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
12852 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment
,
12853 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
12854 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
12855 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
12856 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
12857 displayed according to the current fontset.");
12858 unibyte_display_via_language_environment
= 0;
12860 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height
,
12861 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
12862 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
12863 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.\n\
12864 If nil, don't resize.");
12865 Vmax_mini_window_height
= make_float (0.25);
12869 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
12874 Lisp_Object root_window
;
12875 struct window
*mini_w
;
12877 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
12879 mini_w
= XWINDOW (minibuf_window
);
12880 root_window
= FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w
)));
12882 if (!noninteractive
)
12884 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window
)));
12887 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window
)->top
, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f
));
12888 set_window_height (root_window
,
12889 FRAME_HEIGHT (f
) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f
),
12891 XSETFASTINT (mini_w
->top
, FRAME_HEIGHT (f
) - 1);
12892 set_window_height (minibuf_window
, 1, 0);
12894 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window
)->width
, FRAME_WIDTH (f
));
12895 XSETFASTINT (mini_w
->width
, FRAME_WIDTH (f
));
12897 scratch_glyph_row
.glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] = scratch_glyphs
;
12898 scratch_glyph_row
.glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
+ 1]
12899 = scratch_glyphs
+ MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS
;
12901 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
12902 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; ++i
)
12903 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector
[i
], '.');
12906 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12908 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
12910 frame_title_buf
= (char *) xmalloc (size
);
12911 frame_title_buf_end
= frame_title_buf
+ size
;
12912 frame_title_ptr
= NULL
;
12914 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */